PTS/QBPOS-Help
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Initial commit - QBPOS Help

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Kristen Hercules
2026-01-27 18:07:54 -06:00
commit e3d556b732
2307 changed files with 219842 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

173
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inv_add_group.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Add a Group Item</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
img.hcp4 { border:none; }
font.hcp5 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add a Group Item</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"><a href="inv_item_groups.htm">Group Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listingitemgroup.htm">Sell a Group Item</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inv_edit_group.htm">Edit a Group Item</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_assembly_vs_group.htm">Should I be using an assembly item instead?</a></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add and define a group item (at Headquarters only in multi-store):</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Be sure all the items to be included in the group have been added to inventory individually.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Display your item list and then select <span class="hcp2">Add</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter a descriptive name for the group in the <span class="hcp2">Item Name</span> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <font class="hcp3"><span style="font-weight: normal;">item</span> Type</font> field, select <font class="hcp3">Group</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify a <font class="hcp3">Department</font> (required).</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">If the items included in the group come from more than one department, you may want to <a href="../qbpos_departments/dept302.htm">add a new department</a> called <font style="font-style: italic;">Groups</font>, or similar, to track and report the sale of group items.</p>
<ol start="6">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information for the group:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">You cannot enter quantity or cost information for a group. These values are not tracked for a group item.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Optionally, enter a <font class="hcp3">Regular</font> <font class="hcp3">Price</font> for the group. If you do not enter a price now, it will be auto-filled as the sum of the group item prices upon saving the group. You can edit the group price later, if needed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter a unique <font class="hcp3">UPC</font> or <font class="hcp3">Alternate Lookup</font> for use in listing the group on receipts and other documents (the program-assigned <font class="hcp3">Item #</font> can also be used for this purpose).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter information in other <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">item fields</a> as appropriate to define the group.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp2">Save</span>. The group item is added to your item list, and the details are automatically displayed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <font class="hcp3">Group</font> button next to the item Type field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">The Group Details window displays the information entered so far on the left of the window and the grid on the right is used to add the component items to the group.</p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">View Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp4"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP296219470" style="display: none;">
<p><img src="../image/inven_edit_group.gif" alt="Edit Group" width="542" height="330" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
</div>
<ol start="9">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp2">Edit Group</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>Scan or enter item information</b> drop-down box, scan or type item information to search for the item to add.<a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3"><img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp4"></a>.</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP294639060" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width: 100%; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Use any of these methods to add items to the group:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Scan</span> the bar code from the item tag.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Type</span> the item's UPC, Item #, or alternate lookup value and press <font class="hcp5">&lt;Enter&gt; <span style="font-style: normal; font-weight: normal;">&#160;<a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_item_identifiers.htm">Learn more about these item identifiers</a></span></font></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Search</span> by item name (beginning characters) or other item keyword. Just begin typing the name or keyword and a list of matching items is displayed. Select an item from the list by clicking &#160;it (keyboard users, press the down arrow key to scroll, then <font class="hcp5">&lt;Enter&gt;</font> to select). The selected item is added to the to the group with a quantity of 1.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/item_list_on_doc.gif" alt="item search" width="427" height="141" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
<ul style="list-style: square;">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If no matching item is found, check your spelling or the identifier you entered. Entering fewer characters will find more matches.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To see your entire item list, click the <img src="../image/plus_icon.gif" alt="" width="14" height="15" border="0" class="hcp4"> icon with no entry in the Add Item field. You can scroll through the list looking for the needed item.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click <a href="inven402.htm">Add New Item</a> to Inventory if needed.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent" style="margin-left: 0px;"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic303.htm">Learn more about adding items to documents</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Indent" style="margin-left: 0px;">&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify the quantity of the component item.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">By default, each item is listed with a quantity of one. Click the <span class="hcp2">Qty+</span> and <span class="hcp2">Qty-</span> button to quickly increase/decrease by one or click the <span class="hcp2">Qty</span> button to enter another number. &#160;Quantity is the only editable field for the component items.</p>
<ol start="12">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat to add all items in the group.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp3">Save</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">If no price was entered earlier, the group price automatically is set to equal the sum of the component item prices. If a price was previously entered, Point of Sale alerts you if the sum of the component item prices is different. &#160;Select OK to set the price to the sum of the component item prices or No to stay with the existing price.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inv_add_group.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font size="2">Notes:</font></p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Only Headquarters can define group items, but all stores can sell group items (or list on other documents).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Once defined, you can enter all the items included in a group on a sales receipt or other document by entering the group <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_item_identifiers.htm">identifier</a> (UPC, Alternate Lookup, or Item #).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">A group item cannot be a component of a second group. All other item types are allowed in a group.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The component items are displayed on the group item form for reference.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven431.htm">Using assembly items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP296219470');
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP294639060');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

178
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inv_multivendor.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Track Items from Multiple Vendors</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
font.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp6 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp7 { font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Track <span style="background-color: #008000;">Items from Multiple Vendors</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_vendors/vendorsoverview.htm">Vendors Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">The multi-vendor feature allows you to track and purchase an item from one primary vendor and up to four alternate vendors. Unique UPCs, Alternate Lookups, and order costs can be defined for each vendor from whom you purchase the item. This allows you to purchase the same item from any of several vendors as availability or costs change.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">All purchases of the item, regardless of vendor, are pooled in inventory once received, and are tracked with a single on-hand quantity, averaged cost, price, etc. However, the unique UPC, order costs, and alternate lookups allow you to list the item on documents using the information for any of the vendors. This feature also allows purchasing and receiving reports to be filtered by actual vendor used.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">What would you like help with?</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">Define alternate vendors for an item in inventory <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP248757586" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="../qbpos_vendors/vend352.htm">Add each vendor</a> from whom you will purchase the item to your vendor list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Add or edit the item in inventory in the normal manner, entering the first (primary) vendors name, <font class="hcp5">UPC,</font> and <font class="hcp5">Alternate Lookup</font> on the item form.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the More Info section, click <span class="hcp6">Alt Vend</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/inven_altvend_button.gif" alt="Alternate Vendor" width="234" height="54" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p class="Help-Indent">The Vendors window is opened.</p>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information for up to four alternate vendors and then close the window.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">If the alternate vendors do not have a unique <font class="hcp5">UPC</font> or <font class="hcp5">Alternate Lookup</font>, leave these fields blank.</p>
<ol start="5" style="list-style: decimal;">
<li>
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp6">S</span><font class="hcp5">ave</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 5.75pt;">If you want to print tags for an item with specific vendor information (alternate lookup value or UPC), print the tags from the purchase order or receiving voucher. When printing tags from inventory, the primary vendor's information is used. To print tags with UPC codes requires that you first customize your tag template using <a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Print Designer</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 5.75pt;">If tracking <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">multiple units of measure</a> for an item, enter alternate vendor information (UPC, alternate lookup, and order cost) for your default order-by unit. If no order-by unit is specified, enter information for the base unit.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">Make a PO or receiving voucher for multi-vendor items <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP244735900" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Enter the vendor from whom you are making the purchase at the top of the PO or voucher form.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">List the item(s) to be purchased or received:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you list an item by entering or scanning UPC or Alternate Lookups (ALU), be sure to enter or scan the correct value for the vendor from whom you are making the purchase.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you track <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">multiple units of measure</a> for an item being purchased, be sure to use the UPC or ALU for the default order-by unit.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The correct order cost for the vendor used is suggested for the item. Edit this order cost as necessary.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Complete and save the PO or voucher in the normal manner.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If creating a voucher by referencing a PO, the specific vendor and order costs listed on the PO will be carried to the voucher automatically.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_vendors/vend360.htm">Purchase and receiving history</a> is maintained for each vendor separately.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">List multi-vendor items on other documents <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP244549354" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text">No special procedure need be followed when listing multi-vendor items on documents other than a PO or receiving voucher. Scanning or entering the <font class="hcp5">Item #</font>, or any of the primary or alternate <font class="hcp5">UPC</font>s or <font class="hcp5">Alternate Lookups</font> for the item will list the item on the document with the correct inventory cost or price.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Sales of a multi-vendor item are not tracked separately for each alternate vendor. All sales are reported using the primary vendor you identified in inventory for the item.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">Multi-vendor items on reports <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP248745653" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp7">Merchandise Reports</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Merchandise <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reportsoverview.htm">reports</a>, which draw their information from inventory, will show all of the item's quantities under your primary vendor's name. Quantities purchased from alternate vendors are not broken out separately.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp7">Purchasing Reports</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Purchasing, receiving, and on-order reports, which draw their information directly from purchase orders and receiving vouchers, will break out ordered quantities by alternate vendors.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">Print tags for alternate vendors <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP293766569" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p>Item tags printed from inventory always include the information for your primary vendor. To print tags that include alternate vendor information, such as the alternate lookup or UPC values, print the tags from the purchase order or receiving voucher used to purchase the items from the alternate vendor.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP248757586');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP244735900');
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP244549354');
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP248745653');
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP293766569');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

313
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven402.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Add a New Item</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
span.hcp5 { color:#0000ff; }
span.hcp6 { font-weight:bold; }
ul.hcp7 { list-style:disc; }
li.hcp8 { list-style:none;
display:inline; }
font.hcp9 { font-style:italic;
text-decoration:underline; }
font.hcp10 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add a New Inventory Item</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_importitems.htm">Import Items<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP181540403" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 52.164%;">
<col style="width: 47.836%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:52.164%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven402.htm">Add an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven404.htm">Edit an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven406.htm">Delete</a> or <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">merge items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven434.htm">User reorder points</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Customize item list columns</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filter the item list</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export my item list</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:47.836%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven435.htm">Use service items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">View inventory reminders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven410.htm">Track item price and cost</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Use Price Manager</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Adjust cost or quantity</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_basicsteps.htm">Take a physical inventory</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic_taginstructions.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use this procedure to add a new item to your inventory. You can also read specific procedures for adding <a href="inven435.htm">non-inventory</a>, <span class="hcp5"><a href="inven431.htm">assembly</a>, <a href="inv_add_group.htm">group</a>,</span> <span class="hcp5"><a href="inven407.htm">style</a></span> or <a href="inven435.htm">service</a> items.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp6">Notes</span>:<br>
Your ability to perform this task may be limited by security rights.<br>
You can add a new item while making a sale or creating another document. <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_additem_whle_making_document.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add a new inventory item:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">* Indicates a required field.</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Open your item list, and then click <span class="hcp6">Add</span> from the window toolbar.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">A new item form is opened. <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a7">View Sample <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP242444637" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><img src="../image/inven_add_item.gif" alt="Add Item" width="541" height="331" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the * <span class="hcp6">Item Name/Item Name</span>. This is the short item description that is printed on sales receipts. The field label can be <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">customized</a>. &#160;</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Navigate through the sections and fields of the item form, entering information as appropriate . Following are descriptions of the most commonly used fields in each section. More detailed explanation are located in the <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields05.htm">item fields</a> topic.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a6">Basic Info <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP183523261" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">*Item Type</span>: Leave set to <span class="hcp6">Inventory</span>. If you wish to add a different item type, click a link for specific instructions: <a href="inven435.htm">non-inventory</a>, <span class="hcp5"><a href="inven431.htm">assembly</a>, <a href="inv_add_group.htm">group</a>,</span> <span class="hcp5"><a href="inven407.htm">style</a></span> or <a href="inven435.htm">service</a> items.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">*Department</span>: Select the <a href="../qbpos_departments/deptsoverview.htm">department</a> to which the item belongs from the drop-down list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Item/Description 2</span>: Secondary, long description field used to record additional information. This field label can be <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">customized</a> to meet your needs.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Size</span>: Enter the size for the item (if applicable). If using abbreviations, try to be consistent, e.g., Sm, Md. and Lg for example. Consistent entries will make filtering and finding items in inventory and on reports easier. &#160;This field can also be used to describe a second item attribute other than size if desired. This field label can be <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">customized</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp8">
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) To add a line of related items differing only by size/attribute, click the <span class="hcp6">Style</span> button to enter the size and attribute combinations. &#160;<a href="inven407.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Attribute</span>: Use to describe an item characteristic, such as the color, pattern, material, or a second size. &#160;This field label can be <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">customized</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Reg Price</span>: Enter your regular sale price or leave blank and let Point of Sale use a department <a href="inven_priceformula.htm">pricing formula</a> to calculate it for you.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp8">
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click the <span class="hcp6">Pricing</span> button for <a href="inven410.htm">additional price fields</a>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Avg Unit Cost</span>: Enter a value if this is an <font class="hcp9">existing</font> item in your store on program startup or if you know the cost for a newly ordered item. If you leave this field blank, Point of Sale will auto-fill it with the cost when the item is received on a receiving voucher and maintain it by averaging the item cost over time. <a href="inven_avgunitcost.htm">Learn more</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">On-Hand Qty</span>: Enter a value if this is an <font class="hcp9">existing</font> inventory item in your store on program startup. If you are defining a new item that you will be ordering, leave this field blank for now and Point of Sale will auto-fill it when you receive the item on a receiving voucher. <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted04.htm">Learn more</a></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp8">
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro HQ) Click the <span class="hcp6">Available</span> button to enter existing on-hand quantities at other stores.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Tax</span>: Review the tax field and select a <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_taxcode">tax code</a> if necessary. &#160;If you defined a default &#160;tax code in the associated department record it will be suggested for the item.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">UPC</span>: Scan or type the <font class="hcp10">UPC</font> code. Learn more about these <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_item_identifiers.htm">item identifiers</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Quick Pick Group</span>: If you've defined Quick Pick Groups in your inventory preferences, you can assign an item to one of those groups to use with the <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_quickpick_Item.htm">Quick Pick Item</a> feature on sales receipts and receiving vouchers.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">More Info <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP182983570" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Vendor</span>. Select the primary vendor from which you order this item. &#160;(Pro) Click the <span class="hcp6">Alt Vend</span> button to add <a href="inv_multivendor.htm">alternate vendors</a> and their order costs.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Order Cost</span>. Enter an order cost, if known, for your primary vendor. This is what you currently pay your vendor for one unit of the item. &#160;<a href="inven_ordercost.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp10">Reorder Point</font>. Enter a quantity if you want Point of Sale to remind you when it is time to order more of the item.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp8">
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro HQ) Click the <span class="hcp6">View All</span> button to enter/view reorder points for each store individually.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">*Item Number</span>. Suggested by the system, but can be edited.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Alternate Lookup</span>. Enter an alternate lookup value that can be used to quickly add the item to documents. Learn more about these <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_item_identifiers.htm">item identifiers</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Base Unit</span>. When using multiple units of measure, the smallest quantity by which an item is sold or purchased. <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp8">
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) Click the Units button to add additional <a href="inven_uom_managemultiple.htm">units of measure</a>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Manufacturer</span>. Enter the item manufacturer. This name can be used to search for an item or to filter reports.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">Comments <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP243080400" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Use this free-form text <span class="hcp6">Comments</span> field to enter any pertinent item information not covered by another item field.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">Misc and Shipping <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP243979094" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp10">Print Tags</font> Select to include this item when printing tags. For items that you do not tag, clear the check box. This will help prevent inadvertently printing the tags when the item is included on a document or in a list for which you are printing tags.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Add to Mobile</span> Select to include this item to display on your mobile device.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp10">Unorderable</font> select to have the items <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_reorderpoint">reorder point</a> temporarily ignored and &#160;alerted if the item is added to a purchase order or receiving voucher. This option can be used to remove seasonal or discontinued merchandise from your reorder <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_reminders">reminders</a> and reports.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp6">Use Serial #</span> &#160;(Pro) Select to be prompted to enter serial numbers when this item is listed on a document. <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_serial_number.htm">Learn more</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp6">Earn Commission</span> &#160; &#160;(Pro) Select to include sales of this item when calculating commissions for your associates. <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin_commissions.htm">Learn more</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp6">Shipping Weight, Height, Length, Width</span> &#160;(Pro) Enter shipping specifications to use when shipping the item.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">QuickBooks Desktop Options <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP180931175" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp6">Define QuickBooks Item Account Information</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Available only if integrated with QuickBooks financial software. You can customize the way item transactions are sent to QuickBooks by specifying QuickBooks accounts here.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">By default, the item accounts are auto-filled using the default item accounts specified in company preferences, but you can change them on an item basis on this window. <a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_itemaccounts.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<ol start="5">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">To add the item to your Mobile device, click the <span class="hcp6">Sync to Mobile</span> box in the <span class="hcp6">Misc and Shipping</span> section.<br>
OR<br>
Click the <span class="hcp6">Mobile</span> box next to the Item # on the <span class="hcp6">Item List</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp10"><span style="font-weight: normal;">Click</span> Save</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven405.htm">Copy one item to add another</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_itempics.htm">Add pictures to an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_uom_managemultiple.htm">Define multiple units of measure</a></p>
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"><img src="../image/lightningbolt_shg.gif" alt="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." title="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." width="9" height="15" border="0" class="hcp1"> &#160;Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
</div>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP181540403');
TextPopupInit('a7','POPUP242444637');
TextPopupInit('a6','POPUP183523261');
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP182983570');
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP243080400');
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP243979094');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP180931175');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

121
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven404.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Edit an Inventory Item</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
td.hcp2 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Edit an Inventory Item</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven406.htm">Delete an Item</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven402.htm">Add an Item</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP292341547" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 52.164%;">
<col style="width: 47.836%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width:52.164%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven402.htm">Add an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_importitems.htm">Import items<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven406.htm">Delete</a> or <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">merge items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven434.htm">User reorder points</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Add item list columns</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filter the item list</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export my item list</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:47.836%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven435.htm">Use service items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">View inventory reminders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven410.htm">Track item price and cost</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Use Price Manager</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Adjust cost or quantity</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_basicsteps.htm">Take a physical inventory</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic_taginstructions.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">This is the general procedure for editing most inventory items.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) See the related topic links below for special instructions when editing assembly, group, or style items.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit an inventory item:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Highlight an item in your item list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp3">E</span><font class="hcp4">dit</font> from the window tool bar.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">The item is opened in a editable form.</p>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Make necessary edits.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Refer to the <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">item information fields</a> table for assistance with specific fields.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you edit the item average unit cost or on-hand quantity, Point of Sale creates adjustment memos to update your inventory value. If integrated with QuickBooks Desktop financial software, these memos are sent with the next Financial Exchange. <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted04.htm">Learn more</a> about inventory adjustments.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp3">S</span><font class="hcp4">ave</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Pro Note:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If using <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">multiple units of measure</a>, average unit cost and on-hand quantity are editable only for your base unit.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_edit_mode.htm">Making edits directly in your item list</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven433.htm">Edit an assembly item</a> or a <a href="inv_edit_group.htm">group item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven408.htm">Edit a style</a></p>
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"><img src="../image/lightningbolt_shg.gif" alt="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." title="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." width="9" height="15" border="0" class="hcp1"> &#160;Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
</div>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP292341547');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

62
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven405.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Copy an Item</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Copy an Item</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven436.htm">About Item Types</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Sometimes the quickest way to create a new item in inventory is to copy an existing similar item.</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In your item list, select the item you want to copy.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the I Want To menu, select <font class="hcp1">Copy</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Information from the copied item record is pasted into a new item record.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The following fields are not copied to the new item: <font class="hcp1">On-Hand</font> <font class="hcp1">Qty</font>, <font class="hcp1">UPC</font>, <font class="hcp1">Alternate Lookup</font>, and the <font class="hcp1">Unorderable</font> flag.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The <font class="hcp1">Order Cost</font> (unless zero) from the copied item is populated to the <font class="hcp1">Average Unit Cost</font> of the new item. The order cost of the new item is reset to zero. (Pro) If you have alternate vendors with different order costs, those values are left unchanged.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter new values into these fields and <a href="inven404.htm">edit</a> other <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">item fields</a>, as appropriate for the new item. At lest one of <font class="hcp1">Department</font>, <font class="hcp1">Description</font> <font class="hcp1">1</font>, <font class="hcp1">Attribute</font>, or <font class="hcp1">Size</font> must be changed to avoid creating a duplicate item.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span style="font-weight: bold;">S</span><font class="hcp1">ave</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted04.htm">About item cost and quantity</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
</body>
</html>

63
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven409.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Delete Style Items or Entire Styles</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Delete Style Items or Entire Styles</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Style Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven408.htm">Edit a Style</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Note"><font style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</font> This process should be carried out with caution so that items with on-hand quantities or listed on active documents are not accidentally deleted. If you delete style items with on-hand quantities, Point of Sale creates adjustment memos to update inventory and your QuickBooks financial software. If the deleted item(s) are listed on an active order document, the item(s) are NOT removed from that document. Review and edit documents as necessary.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To delete a style item:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use the normal <a href="inven406.htm">item deletion</a> procedure from your item list.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To delete an entire style:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Since all style items have the same Item Name, searching inventory by the Item Name is the quickest way to display all of the style items (and only the style items). Use caution when taking the following steps as all items in the style will be deleted.</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the Item Name for the style in the Search field at the top of your item list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">All of the style items (and only the style items) should be displayed. Scroll through the list to ensure other items aren't displayed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <span class="hcp1">Ctrl+A</span> on your keyboard to select all of the items. If you only want to delete some of the items, select only them. <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_multiselect.htm.htm">How do I select multiple records?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">Delete</span> from the I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Confirm the deletion when prompted. If any of the style items still have a quantity on hand or are listed on open order documents, you will be warned.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">Save</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Find an item record</a></p>
</body>
</html>

103
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven410.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Enter Item Price and Cost</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Enter Item Price and Cost</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven_pricecostrelationship.htm">Price and Cost Relationship</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Price Manager</a></p>
<div>
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; color: #800000;"><span>Basic</span> </p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) &#160;This option is available at Headquarters only.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp1">Note</span>: The ability to see cost fields, including margin and markup and other fields related to cost, can be controlled by <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">security rights</a>. If you do not have the right to view item costs, the fields will be masked like this "*****". This right affects cost fields in inventory and on all documents and reports.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The item Pricing window allows you to enter or edit an items cost and price information, including markdown price levels, an MSRP price, and margin/markup values on a single window.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can open this window while adding, editing, or viewing an item.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To access the Pricing window:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select an item in your item list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Edit</span>. This step is not necessary if you just want to view the pricing information.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <font class="hcp2">Pricing</font> button in the Basic Info section. The Pricing Window is opened as shown below.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Pro) If using the <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">multiple units of measure</a> feature, select the unit for which you want to view/edit this information from the drop-down menu (not shown).</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; text-align: center;"><img src="../image/inven_pricing.gif" alt="Pricing Window" title="Pricing Window" style="border: none;" width="458" height="184" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Explanation of Price/Cost Fields</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Regular Price</font> Your everyday retail price of the item. If you wish to use a department <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_priceformula">pricing formula</a> to calculate your price, leave this field blank when adding a new item. <a href="inven_priceformula.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">MSRP </font> Manufacturers Suggested Retail Price; a reference price that, if entered here, is printed on your price tags to demonstrate savings to your customers. Note: Some tag <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_template">templates</a> may not display the MSRP, due to size limitations.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Cost</font> The average unit cost for the item quantity currently on hand. Enter this cost ONLY if you have an on-hand quantity of the item when initially setting up Point of Sale. Otherwise, as you make receiving vouchers, Point of Sale automatically updates this field. <a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch751.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Margin %</font> Gross <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_margin">margin</a> or profit margin percentage. Auto-filled from department record (if defined) on new items and updated automatically as average unit cost changes. Manually <a href="pro_tip_using_margin_to_update_prices.htm">editing the margin</a> results in a recalculation of your price(s).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Markup %</font> Alternate way to express profit; markup by <font style="font-style: italic;">n</font>% over average unit cost. Same behavior as margin. When either are edited, the other is recalculated automatically.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Price Levels</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Optionally, enter prices and markdown percentages for your markdown <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_pricelevels">price levels</a> for the item (your custom price level names displayed). If you use Point of Sales pricing formula to calculate your regular prices and have defined price level markdown percentages, Point of Sale automatically calculates the price at each price level for you on new items.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter/edit a price or markdown percentage for each price level if this items pricing is to be different from your default markdowns.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">You can define or change your default price level names and markdown percentages in <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs05.htm">company preferences</a>. &#160;Note that changing your default markdown levels do not update existing item prices. You can use <a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Price Manager</a> to quickly change existing item prices if desired.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) You can set different prices at each level for each <a href="inven_unitofmeasure.htm">unit of measure</a> of an item.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_pricelevels.htm">Learn more about using price levels</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Pricing Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 15.00pt;">If you prefer to manually define all of your own prices, rather than have Point of Sale calculate them for you on new items, do not define a margin or markup <span class="hcp1">in your department records</span> and enter the price(s) as you are adding items to inventory.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven410.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_avgunitcost.htm">About the average unit cost</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_ordercost.htm">About the order cost</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Change prices for a style</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_multistorecostprice.htm">Cost and price in a multi-store configuration</a></p>
</body>
</html>

160
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven427.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Style Grid Basics</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
tr.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp5 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px;
border-bottom-width:1px;
border-bottom-style:Solid;
border-top-width:1px;
border-top-style:Solid; }
td.hcp6 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px;
border-bottom-width:1px;
border-bottom-style:Solid; }
font.hcp7 { font-family:"Wingdings 3"; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Style Grid Basics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Style Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven407.htm">Add a Style</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven408.htm">Edit a Style</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven428.htm">Style Templates</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Note">This information applies to the lower half of the <a href="inven_stylewindow.htm">Style window</a>, displayed after selecting the <span class="hcp2">Style</span> button from an item record.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/stylegrid.gif" alt="Style Grid" title="Style Grid" style="border: none;" width="389" height="208" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Style Grid Notes</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Each cell of the style grid containing a number (including zero) represents a unique item in inventory, with a unique size/color (or other attribute) combination. A blank cell means that attribute combination is not included in your inventory.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Though "size" and "attribute" is used when talking about styles in this help system, the grid axes will reflect the <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">custom item labels</a> you have defined in company preferences. Any item attribute can be used in a grid and placed on either axis, regardless of the labels. For example, your style items might vary by pattern or material rather than size or color.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The number of items that can be included in a style is virtually unlimited. You may have to use vertical and/or horizontal scroll bars to view the cells for all items in the grid.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If in Add or Edit mode, click the <span class="hcp2">Click to Add</span> labels to add a new size or attribute, then enter a zero (or the known on-hand quantity) in the cells corresponding to the new size/attributes combinations being added.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Grid Values</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When accessing and viewing a style grid from your item list, the values displayed are the on-hand quantities of each style item.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Multi-Store) &#160;You can view quantities for a specific store or the entire company by making a selection from the <span class="hcp2">View:</span> &#160;field at the top of the grid.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you come to inventory from a document, such as a purchase order, and then display the style grid, you are in "item select" mode. In this case the style grid cells initially display zeroes (0). To select items and order quantities to return to your document, enter order quantities in the grid and then choose <font class="hcp3">Select</font> from the bottom toolbar.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Showing Totals on a Grid</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The style grid contains the totals for all the sizes in each attribute (row), and each size (column), and a grand total for all items in the style. You can choose to show or hide these totals.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">From the grid, right-click in any column or row label and select <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp3">how Totals</font> to toggle the display on/off.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Navigating a grid:</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<table style="margin-left: 2.25pt;" cellspacing="0" width="372">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:37.10%;" bgcolor="#F5F5F5" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Keyboard action</p>
</td>
<td style="width:62.90%;" bgcolor="#F5F5F5" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Description</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">&lt;<font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp7"></font>&gt;, &lt;<font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp7"></font>&gt;, &lt;<span style="font-family: 'Wingdings 3';"></span>&gt;, &lt;<font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp7"></font>&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor up, down, left, or right from one grid cell to another consecutively.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Shortcut" style="margin-top: 4.00pt;">&lt;Page Up&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor to the first displayed cell of a column.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Shortcut" style="margin-top: 4.00pt;">&lt;Page Down&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor to the last displayed cell of a column.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Shortcut" style="margin-top: 4.00pt;">&lt;Home&gt; or<br>
&lt;Ctrl + <font style="font-family: 'Wingdings 3'; font-style: normal;" face="Wingdings 3"></font>&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor to the first cell in a row.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Shortcut" style="margin-top: 4.00pt;">&lt;Ctrl + Home&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor to the upper left cell of the grid.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Shortcut" style="margin-top: 4.00pt;">&lt;Ctrl + End&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor to the lower right cell of the grid.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven427.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven409.htm">Delete a style or style item</a></p>
</body>
</html>

130
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven428.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Style Templates</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
img.hcp2 { border:none; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
ol.hcp4 { list-style:decimal; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Style Templates</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Style Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven407.htm">Add a Style</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven408.htm">Edit a Style</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">A <font style="font-style: italic;">style template</font> is a user-defined array of item attributes (sizes, colors, patterns, etc.) that is used as a template when adding a new style. Each template can be used for an unlimited number of styles. Of course, you can instead create each style grid from scratch in inventory, but using templates makes the process much faster since all the predefined sizes and attributes are included in the new grid for you.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To work with style template:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From your item list or form, begin <a href="inven407.htm">adding</a> or <a href="inven408.htm">editing</a> a style. The <a title="Style Window" href="inven_stylewindow.htm">Style Window</a> is displayed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">To immediately apply an existing template to the style grid, select a template from the Style Template drop-down list at the top of the grid.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/inven_styletemplate_select.gif" alt="Select Style Template" title="Select Style Template" width="203" height="96" border="0" class="hcp2"></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><font class="hcp3">Or</font></p>
<p class="Help-Indent">To preview, edit, or add templates, click the magnifying glass icon. <img src="../image/magnifying_glass.gif" alt="Open" title="Open" width="18" height="15" border="0" class="hcp2"></p>
<p class="Help-Indent">The Select a Style Template window is opened. Use this window to manage your style templates using the procedures below.</p>
<!--<p class="Help-Indent"><?rh-dropspot_start class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)"
id="a2" dataid="POPUP295344659" ?><?rh-anchor-id id="a1"?><?rh-dropspot_end ?><?rh-dropspot_start
class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1" ?>View
Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic"
title="Click to expand/collapse topic" style="border: none;"
width="11" height="11" border="0" /><?rh-dropspot_end ?></p>
<?rh-droptext_start class="droptext" id="POPUP295344659" style="display: none;" ?>
<p><img src="../image/inven_SelectStyleTemplate.gif" alt="Select Style Template"
style="border: none;" width="421" height="291" border="0" /></p><?rh-droptext_end ?>-->
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To preview and apply a template to the style you are working on:</p>
<ol class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;Select a template name on the left side of the window. A preview of the template is shown.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <font class="hcp3">Apply Selected Template</font>. &#160;The template is immediately applied and the template window closed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Continue <a href="inven407.htm">adding</a> or <a href="inven408.htm">editing</a> your style.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add a new template:</p>
<ol start="1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span style="font-weight: bold;">Add New Template</span> at the top of the window. A new template, with the default name <span style="font-style: italic;">New Template n</span>, is displayed in the preview pane.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Type a unique name to overwrite the default.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the <font class="hcp3">Click to add</font> fields on the template preview and enter style sizes, colors, or other attributes as appropriate along the vertical and horizontal axes.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">When done select <font class="hcp3">Save</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><font class="hcp3">Or</font></p>
<p class="Help-Indent">If you want to immediately apply this template to the style you were working on, select <font class="hcp3">Apply Selected Template</font>, which saves and applies the template in one step.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit, delete, or copy a style template:</p>
<ol class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Highlight a template in the list on the left of the template window and then complete actions as desired:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp3">Editing</font> <font class="hcp3">the template</font>: The same procedures used to create a template apply when editing it. Additional choices for adding, deleting, and moving rows/columns and for undoing edits are available from the Edit menu under the displayed template. After editing, select <font class="hcp3">Save</font> or, if you want to update the current style with the changes, select <font class="hcp3">Apply Selected Template</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp3">Deleting the template</font>: Choose delete selected template from the Options menu. Deleting a template does not effect existing styles the have the deleted template applied.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp3">Copying the template</font>: Select <font class="hcp3">Copy Selected Template</font> from the Options menu. Enter a unique name for the template and edit as needed before saving. This is a fast way to create a template very similar to an existing template.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp3">Renaming the template:</font> Select rename selected template from the Options menu. Renaming a template does not effect existing styles that have the template applied.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Style templates are particularly effective for soft goods retailers (clothing, shoes, etc.) where item lines tend to have common sizes, colors, or other attributes.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">When applying a template to a style, if the applied template contains sizes or attributes you do not want to include in the particular style, you need not define items for those cells (i.e. dont enter a quantity or zero). An inventory row (item) will be created only for those attribute combinations (cells) in which you enter a quantity.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">For some merchandise, attributes vary from style to style and from season to season. In this case, you typically wont know what attributes you need until you are actually ordering the items. Here it is often easier to define a template with a single attribute, such as sizes, only along one axis of the template. This gives you the flexibility you need to add other specific attributes, such as color for each style independently as you add it, while still avoiding repeated manual entry of your commonly used sizes.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you modify an individual style grid in inventory that has a template applied, the original template is not affected.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven428.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<?rh-anchor-id id="a1"?><?rh-anchor-id id="a1"?><?rh-anchor-id id="a1"?><?rh-anchor-id id="a1"?>
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"> &#160;Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>

36
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven430.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>QuickBooks Users: Adding an Item to Inventory and Immediately Selling It</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffec; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">QuickBooks Users: Adding an Item to Inventory and Immediately Selling It</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you add an item to inventory while creating a document, such as a sales receipt, it is strongly recommended that you enter the average unit cost, if known.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Adding a new item without entering a cost, and then immediately selling the item, will result in a discrepancy in your QuickBooks inventory value, since no cost of goods can be posted for the sale. In this case, a compensating adjustment will have to be made in your financial software.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">One way to handle this is to conduct periodic physical inventories and then make an aggregate adjustment in your QuickBooks financial software. This helps keep your inventory value accurate, especially if you regularly make sales of items without defined costs.</p>
</body>
</html>

44
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven431.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Assembly Items Overview</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Assembly Items Overview</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven436.htm">About Item Types</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inv_item_groups.htm">Group Items</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">An <font class="hcp1">assembly item</font> is an item that is itself composed of two or more other inventory items and sold as a set. For example, a "Ski Slope Package" could be defined as an assembly item made up of a pair of skis, bindings, and boots, all of which already exist in your inventory as individual items. Assembly items are often used to sell a set of items at a discount.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You "build" assembly items from the existing items in inventory, which are referred to as the <font class="hcp1">component items</font>. An assembly item can also be a component item of another assembly. When you build an assembly, the on-hand quantity of each component item is reduced by the quantity of the item included in the assembly and the on-hand quantity of the assembly item is increased by one. The number of assemblies you can build is dependent on the on-hand quantity of the component items. Assemblies can also be broken, thus freeing the component items to be sold individually again.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The assembled item has a single associated tax code; the entire assembly is taxed or not based on this code. Use judgement and observe local tax regulations if mixing taxable and non-taxable items in an assembly. Consider listing a non-taxable component as a separate service or non-inventory item on the receipt or use a group item instead. You can even include an assembly item in a group item.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_assembly_vs_group.htm">How does an assembly item differ from a group item?</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Once an assembly is defined and built, it can be listed on documents in the same manner as other items. Sales reports include assembly items as unique items and do not report on the component items that are included. Keep reporting needs in mind when you assign a department, vendor, and descriptions to your assembly items.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Multi-store) Only Headquarters can define <a href="inven431.htm">assembly items</a>, but remote stores can build and break assemblies as necessary to meet local sales demand.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Related topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven432.htm">Add and build assembly items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven433.htm">Break, edit, and delete assembly items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listing_itemassembly.htm">List assembly items on documents</a></p>
</body>
</html>

134
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven433.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Break, Edit, or Delete Assembly Items</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Break, Edit, or Delete Assembly Items</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven431.htm">Assembly Items Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven432.htm">Add/Build Assembly Items</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">You can break, <a href="inven433.htm#inven_edit_assembly">edit</a>, or <a href="inven433.htm#inven_delete_assembly">delete</a> assemblies as needed to free the individual component items, to change the component items or quantities, or to discontinue using the assembly.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Breaking an assembly makes the component items available for sale individually. This option is only available if the on-hand quantity of the assembly item is greater than zero (0).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Multi-store) Remote stores are limited to breaking assemblies at their own store and cannot edit or delete the assembly item.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To break assemblies:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Locate and highlight the assembly item in your item list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Show Details</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <span class="hcp1">Assembly</span> button next to the item <span class="hcp1">Type</span> field. The Assembly Details are shown.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">E</span><font class="hcp2">dit Assembly</font>. The Edit Assembly window is opened.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <font class="hcp2">Break</font> at the top of the Edit Assembly window.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Headquarters in multi-store only: Specify the store for which you are breaking the assemblies.</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">The Break Assembly dialog displays the number of existing assemblies that can be broken.</p>
<ol start="6">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify the number of assemblies you would like to break and then click &#160;<font class="hcp2">Break</font> in the dialog.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">OK</span> on the confirmation dialog.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Save</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Breaking an assembly reduces the on-hand quantity of the assembly item by one (for each assembly broken) and increases the on-hand quantity of each component item by the total number included in the broken assemblies.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Quantity and cost <a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memosoverview.htm">adjustment memos</a> are automatically created to adjust inventory when breaking assemblies. The logged in users name will be entered on the memo, along with appropriate comments ("Assembly broken from inventory") and reason ("Brk Asm"). If users are not required to log in, you will be prompted to enter a user name for the memo(s) upon creation.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If an assembly item includes a second assembly item as one of its components, then breaking the first assembly does not break the second assembly contained therein.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven433.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><a name="inven_edit_assembly" id="inven_edit_assembly"></a>To edit an assembly (Headquarters only in multi-store):</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Assembly item descriptive fields, price, vendor, etc. can be edited at any time using standard inventory <a href="inven404.htm">editing</a> procedures. However, the component items can only be changed if the on-hand quantity of the assembly item is zero (0). Existing assemblies must be <a href="inven433.htm">broken</a> before changes to the component items are allowed.</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Highlight the assembly item in your item list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Show Details</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <span class="hcp1">Assembly</span> button next to the item <span class="hcp1">Type</span> field. The Assembly Details are shown.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">E</span><font class="hcp2">dit Assembly</font>. The Edit Assembly window is opened.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If the on-hand quantity is not zero (0), click <font class="hcp2">Break</font> and break all existing assemblies.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">(Multi-store) All assemblies at all stores must be broken before the assembly component items can be edited.</p>
<ol start="5">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use normal procedures to add, edit, or delete component items.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp2">Save</font> to record your changes.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">You can now <a href="inven432.htm">build</a> new assemblies with the changed component items.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven433.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><a name="inven_delete_assembly" id="inven_delete_assembly"></a>To delete an assembly item (Headquarters only in multi-store):</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Deleting an assembly item requires that you first <a href="inven433.htm">break</a> all existing assemblies and <a href="inven433.htm#inven_edit_assembly">remove</a> the component items from the assembly item.</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Break all existing assemblies, remove the component items, and save (select the links above for instructions, if necessary).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">With the assembly item highlighted (list) or displayed (form), select <font class="hcp2">Delete</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If the assembly item is listed on active order documents, you will be alerted and asked to confirm the deletion. If you answer yes, the item will be deleted and cost/quantity memos created to adjust inventory. It is recommended that you then edit any order documents to remove the deleted assembly item.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven431.htm">Assembly item overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven432.htm">Add and build assembly items</a></p>
</body>
</html>

56
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven434.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Using Reorder Points</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Using Inventory Reorder Points for Purchase Decisions</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">Reminders Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_purchasing/purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">You can define a reorder quantity (<font style="font-weight: bold;">Reorder Point</font> field) for your inventory items, allowing you to quickly see which items need to be purchased.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can prevent an item from being added to the Reorder Reminders by flagging it as unorderable on the item record. This is handy for removing seasonal merchandise from the reminders list.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can also run Reorder and Build Point <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports01.htm">reports</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Basic</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Items at or below their reorder point are listed on the inventory Reorder Reminders window. Point of Sale takes into consideration any quantities already on order before adding an item to the reorder reminders list.</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Pro</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A company preference <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_inventory.htm">setting</a> specifies the value used to determine when an item is added to your reorder reminders:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">On-hand quantity:</span> &#160;With this option, Point of Sale adds an item to the reorder reminders when the combined on-hand and already on-order quantities is at or below the reorder point.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Available quantity:</span> &#160;With this option, Point of Sale adds an item to the reorder reminders when the combined on-hand and already on-order quantities, minus the quantity committed on active customer orders, is at or below the reorder point.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale can <a href="../qbpos_purchasing/po_suggestpo.htm">suggest POs</a> to reorder the items on the Reorder Reminders list.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">For <a href="inven431.htm">assembly items</a>, the reorder point indicates that quantity at which you want to build more of the assembly item.</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Multi-Store &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can specify reorder points for the company (all stores combined) and for individual stores. The <a href="inven_reminder_reorder.htm">Reorder Reminders</a> shows reminders for the company and each individual store as well.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
</body>
</html>

70
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_avblqty_tracking.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Track Available Quantities</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-style:italic; }
ul.hcp2 { list-style:disc; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
img.hcp4 { border:none; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Track Available Quantities</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_reminder_reorder.htm">Reorder Item Reminders</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">The term <span class="hcp1">available quantity</span> refers to the current on-hand quantity of an item minus the quantity of that item already committed to active customer orders. The available quantity is sometimes referred to as the <span class="hcp1">available to promise</span> quantity. Knowing the available quantity helps you make sales decisions and plan for additional purchases of the item.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Available quantity calculations are used in Point of Sale to:</p>
<ul class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Alert you when you don't have sufficient available quantity of an item to complete a sales transaction.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Determine when items should be added to your reorder reminders list. If you prefer, you can set your <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_inventory.htm">company preferences</a> to create reorder reminders based on the on-hand quantity instead.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Where can I see an item's available quantity?</p>
<ul class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">In the Basic Info section of the New/Edit Item form, select <span class="hcp3">Available</span> to open the <a href="inven_avblqty_wndw.htm">Available Quantities window</a>. This window summarizes all item quantity information, including current on-hand, on-order, and committed to customer orders, as well as a listing of the documents affecting those quantities.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;<img src="../image/avbl_qty_window.gif" alt="" width="401" height="260" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
<ul class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">In the <span class="hcp3">Avail Qty</span> &#160;column, available in your item list and on many Point of Sale documents and inventory reports. You may have to <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm" style="font-weight: normal;">add</a> the column to view it.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/rcpt_avblqty.gif" alt="" width="401" height="35" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
<ul class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">In the <span class="hcp3">Item</span> <span class="hcp3">Information</span> window, accessed by selecting <span class="hcp3">Edit Item</span> (&lt;F5&gt;) for an item listed on a document.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Quantities of an item on <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_holding_a_document.htm">held</a> documents or on customer orders assigned a <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_statustracking.htm">status</a> of <span class="hcp3">Pending</span> (such as those used to give estimates or quotes) are not reflected in the available quantity of the item.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

102
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_avgunitcost.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>About the Average Unit Cost</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp5 { text-decoration:underline; }
font.hcp6 { font-family:Symbol;
text-decoration:underline; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">About the Average Unit Cost</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_ordercost.htm">About Order Cost</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven410.htm">Enter/Edit Costs</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_pricecostrelationship.htm">Price/Cost Relationship</a></p>
<div style="float: none;">
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; color: #800000;"><span>Basic</span> </p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: The ability to see cost fields, including margin and markup and other fields related to cost, can be controlled by <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">security rights</a>. If you do not have the right to view item costs, the fields will be masked like this "*****". This right affects cost fields in inventory and on all documents and reports.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The <font class="hcp2">Avg Unit Cost</font> field in inventory reflects the average cost you have paid for the current on-hand quantity of an item.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/inven_cost.gif" alt="image\inven_cost.gif" title="image\inven_cost.gif" width="241" height="59" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale recalculates the average unit cost each time you <a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch751.htm">receive</a> additional quantities of the item at a different cost by proportionally averaging the old cost and the new cost. Receiving vouchers update your Point of Sale inventory and, if applicable, your QuickBooks financial software inventory value with item cost changes.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">For example, if you have five shirts on hand with an average cost of $10 and you receive 10 more shirts costing $12 each, the new average unit cost is calculated as follows:</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="354">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100.00%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp5">(On Hand Qty</font> <font face="Symbol" class="hcp6"></font> <font class="hcp5">Current Cost) + (Rcvd Qty</font> <font face="Symbol" class="hcp6"></font> <font class="hcp5">Purchase Cost)</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100.00%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt; text-align: center;">On-Hand Qty + Rcvd Qty</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">Or, using the example above:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="429">
<col style="width: 29.372%;">
<col style="width: 5.594%;">
<col style="width: 11.188%;">
<col style="width: 5.594%;">
<col style="width: 48.253%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:29.372%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp5">(5</font> <font face="Symbol" class="hcp6"></font> <font class="hcp5">10) + (10</font> <font face="Symbol" class="hcp6"></font> <font class="hcp5">12)</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt; text-align: center;">5 + 10</p>
</td>
<td style="width:5.594%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp2">=</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:11.188%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp5">170</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt; text-align: center;">15</p>
</td>
<td style="width:5.594%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">=</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:48.253%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text">New average unit cost of $11.33</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">We recommend that you not manually enter or edit the average unit cost. Point of Sale uses this value to send cost of goods sold information on item sales to your QuickBooks financial software. If it does become necessary to edit this value manually, typically to correct an error, see <a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Creating an Adjustment Memo</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic311.htm');return false;">Tracking decimal costs<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

40
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_hdi.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Inventory: How Do I?</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Inventory: How Do I?</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This is a popup topic and has been hidden</p>
&#160;
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven402.htm">Add an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Find an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven404.htm">Edit an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filter the item list</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Customize item list columns</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven435.htm">Use service and non-inventory Items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an items history</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven434.htm">Use reorder points and reminders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic338.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven421.htm">Print my item list</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Click anywhere to close this window</p>
</body>
</html>

62
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_itemhistory.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Item History and Statistics</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp3 { font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Item History and Statistics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven_itemratings.htm">Item Ratings &amp; Trends</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_reports.htm">Inventory Reports</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Item history provides a listing of every <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_transactionaldocs">transactional document</a> that has affected an item and a running tally of changes in on-hand quantity. You can click any listed document to view it.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Item Statistics include an item summary, including cost and profit information and total quantities in/out.</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Item History &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) Item history can be viewed only at Headquarters. Headquarters can filter to view the history for any one store or for the entire company.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">To view an item's history, with the item record in Edit mode (displayed in a form), expand the <span class="hcp1">History</span> section.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;&#160;<img src="../image/inven_itemhistory.gif" alt="image\inven_itemhistory.gif" title="image\inven_itemhistory.gif" width="270" height="165" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">The most recent documents are at the top of the list.</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To view a listed document, double-click it. &#160;You are taken to the appropriate history list with the document pre-selected. Normal <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_historydocs_copy.htm">copy</a>, <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_historydocs_reversing.htm">reverse</a>, and <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_edit_documents.htm">edit</a> capabilities are available for the document. When done, click <span class="hcp1">Go Back</span> at the bottom of the document to return to inventory.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The <font class="hcp2">Change</font> column lists the documents effect on item on-hand quantities. For example, a sale results in the on-hand quantity being reduced, therefore the <font class="hcp2">Qty Change</font> is a <font class="hcp3">negative</font> number. Likewise, receiving a quantity into inventory is shown as a <font class="hcp3">positive</font> number.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The <font class="hcp2">On-Handy</font> column displays a running total of the on-hand quantity, after being adjusted by the document.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If the item is listed multiple times on a document (example: a customer exchange for the same item), the document is listed twice, once for the return (a positive quantity) and once for the new sale (negative quantity)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Item Statistics</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Expand the <span class="hcp1">Statistics</span> section on the item record to view a graphical rating of the item's relative performance in your inventory as well as total sales, cost, profit, and &#160;quantities in/out. This information reflects the time period specified for item ratings in preferences.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_itemratings.htm">Learn more about item ratings</a></p>
<p class="Related-Topics">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;<img src="../image/itemratings.gif" alt="Item Statistics" title="Item Statistics" style="border: none;" width="305" height="291" border="0"></p>
<p class="Related-Topics">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_historydocs_reversing.htm">Reverse a history document</a></p>
</body>
</html>

63
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_pricecostrelationship.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Price/Cost Relationship</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Price/Cost Relationship</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_avgunitcost.htm">Average Unit Cost</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_ordercost.htm">Order Cost</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven410.htm">Enter Item Cost and Prices</a></p>
<div>
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; color: #800000;"><span>Basic</span> </p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: The ability to see cost fields, including margin and markup and other fields related to cost, can be controlled by <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">security rights</a>. If you do not have the right to view item costs, the fields will be masked like this "*****". This right affects cost fields in inventory and on all documents and reports.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Margin (<font class="hcp3">Margin %</font> field) expresses the profit relationship between what you paid for an item (average unit cost) and its regular price. Markup (<font class="hcp3">Markup %</font> field) is an alternative way to express the difference between an items cost and its price. Markup is a simple percentage increase from the item cost.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There is an inter-relationship between the margin/markup fields and the other price/cost fields as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter either a margin or a markup percentage, and Point of Sale will calculate and display the other value for you. The two fields have identical behavior.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Define a margin or markup in a department record, and Point of Sale will calculate your regular price and the prices at your optional price levels for you as <span class="hcp2">new</span> items are added to inventory in this department (if the regular price is not manually entered).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you or a receiving voucher update the average unit cost, the margin and markup percentages are recalculated. Prices are recalculated only if previously $ 0 (zero), although you can edit the price yourself from the receiving voucher.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Edit the margin or markup manually for an existing item in inventory, and Point of Sale will recalculate your regular price and the prices at your optional price levels.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Edit your regular price; the prices at other price levels are recalculated to maintain your specified markdown percentages. The margin and markup are also recalculated.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Edit the price or markdown percentage of any optional price level; the change to one price level has no affect on other prices.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_departments/dept309.htm">Use department pricing formulas for new items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven404.htm">Edit an Item</a></p>
</body>
</html>

82
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_priceformula.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Department Pricing Formula</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<object id="hhctrl" classid="clsid:ADB880A6-D8FF-11CF-9377-00AA003B7A11" width="0" height="0" vspace="0" hspace="0" border="0" type="application/x-oleobject"></object>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Department Pricing Formula</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven410.htm">Enter/Edit Item Price and Cost</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_pricelevels.htm">Use Price Levels</a></p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You have the option of entering your new item prices manually or letting Point of Sale calculate them for you using a department pricing formula. When Point of Sale calculates new prices, it does so by applying the department margin (or markup) to the average item cost to arrive at the regular price.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You specify the profit margin or markup to be used in your department records or on individual item records in inventory. If you enter one value, Point of Sale calculates the other.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale uses the following pricing formula:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="194">
<col style="width: 54.749%;">
<col style="width: 45.251%;">
<tr style="height:25px;" class="hcp1">
<td rowspan="2" style="width: 54.749%; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px; vertical-align: center;">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">Regular Price &#160;=</font></p>
</td>
<td style="border-bottom: Solid 1px #000000; width: 45.251%; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px;">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">Cost <font style="font-family: Symbol;" face="Symbol"></font> 100</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:17px;" class="hcp1">
<td style="width: 45.251%; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 2pt;">100 Margin</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Example</p>
<p class="Help-Text">With an average unit cost of $10 and a 40% margin.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(10 x 100)/(100 40) = $16.67 regular price</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">If you want Point of Sale to calculate new item price(s) with a department pricing formula:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter a margin or markup in your <a href="../qbpos_departments/dept309.htm">department records</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Assign items to departments as you add them to inventory</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">DO NOT enter item prices when adding the new item to inventory, Point of Sale will calculate them for you</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">The pricing formula is applied only to new items in inventory (previous price = $0). Receiving <font class="hcp2">reorder</font> merchandise at a new cost on a voucher <font style="font-style: italic;">does not</font> automatically update item prices, however Point of Sale alerts you so you can adjust your price if desired. You can maintain your desired profit margin by manually <a href="pro_tip_using_margin_to_update_prices.htm">editing the margin or markup</a> on the item record back to the original level.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="popupspot" href="JavaScript:hhctrl.TextPopup('A cost change may be very minor, such as 0.10/case, which is less than a penny per 12 units in the case. Since a price change may require re-tagging existing merchandise, changing shelf signs, etc. we let you make the decision when to reprice.','Microsoft Sans Serif,9',10,10,00000000,0xc0ffff)">Why aren't reorder item prices automatically updated when cost changes?</a></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">If you DO NOT want Point of Sale to calculate new item price(s):</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Do NOT define department or item margins or markups</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter your item prices manually at anytime in inventory</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Point of Sale will still calculate and display the margin and markup on the item record, but does not use them to calculate the item price(s) unless you <a href="inven410.htm">manually edit</a> them</p>
</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

54
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_protip_hourcharges.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Charge by the Hour</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Charge by the Hour</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_qty_decimals.htm">Track Decimal Quantities</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven436.htm">Item Types</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can use service or non-inventory items to charge for services by the hour (or half-hour, quarter-hour, etc.).</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To do this task:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Define an item or items in inventory for this purpose, such as <font style="font-style: italic;">Tailoring, Labor Charge, etc.</font> making sure that <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp3">ervice</font> or <span class="hcp2">N</span><font class="hcp3">on-Inventory</font> is selected as the Item Type.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Optionally, define a separate department for all service/labor charges and assign this department to the items you create. This will allow you to report on all service and labor charges by filtering on this department.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The <font class="hcp3">Price</font> for the items should be the price to be charged per unit of time (hour, half-hour, quarter-hour, etc.).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">When the item is listed on a receipt, enter the units of time to be charged for as the items sale quantity. For example, if you are charging by the hour, enter 1.5 as the <font class="hcp3">Qty</font> to charge for an hour and a half.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

57
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_reminder_newitems.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>New Item Reminders</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">New Item Reminders</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">Inventory Reminders Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">The New Items reminders screen alerts employees to the upcoming arrival of new merchandise. Monitoring this list allows your associates to better serve customers by letting them know what new merchandise is coming soon.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can print this list or print item tags in anticipation of the item arrival. The items should be removed from this list as soon as they arrive at the store, so that the list remains current and useful.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To work with items in the list:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the Inventory menu, select <span class="hcp1">R</span><font class="hcp2">eminders</font> and then select the New Items tab.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use normal <a href="qbpos:helppopup.2654">list selection</a> procedures to select one or more items before selecting a task from the I Want To menu. You can also use the <font class="hcp2">Select All</font> or <font class="hcp2">Clear All</font> choices from the I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Select <span class="hcp1">Print</span> and then choose tags or the list from the drop-down menu to print the selected items.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To remove selected items from the list, select <font class="hcp2">Remove Selected Item(s)</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders_alert.htm">Reminders Message Alert</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for reminders</a></p>
</body>
</html>

73
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_reminder_reorder.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Reorder Items Reminder</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
ul.hcp2 { list-style:disc; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Reorder Items Reminder</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven434.htm">Item Reorder Points</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_reminders.htm">Reminders Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <span style="color: #0000ff;"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></span></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">The Reorder Items reminder screen displays items whose quantity has fallen below the reorder point set in inventory. Use this screen to assist in replenishing your inventory.</p>
<ul class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">You can print this list to help in creating purchase orders.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Double-click a listed item to view the item record.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale takes into consideration item quantities already on order (from unfilled purchase orders) when determining if an item should be added to the reorder reminder list. <!--<a href="qbpos:helppopup.21992">Learn
more<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic"
title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;"
width="10" height="12" border="0" /></a></p>--></p>
<p class="Help-Text">To display this screen, select <span class="hcp3">Reminders</span> from the Inventory menu and then click the <span class="hcp3">Reorder Items</span> tab.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Pro Notes</p>
<ul class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">&#160;The reminder screen also includes items that are on backorder.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">&#160;Depending on your preference settings, quantities committed on customer orders may be taken into account when deciding if an item is added to this screen.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Having Point of Sale Suggest POs for Reorder Items (Pro)</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You also have the option of having Point of Sale suggest and generate purchase orders to order these items.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">With your reorder reminders displayed, select <font style="font-weight: bold;">Suggest PO</font> from the I Want To menu. <a href="../qbpos_purchasing/po_suggestpo.htm">Learn more about using Suggest PO</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders_alert.htm">Reminders Message Alert</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for reminders</a></p>
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"><img src="../image/lightningbolt_shg.gif" alt="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." title="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." style="border: none;" width="9" height="15" border="0"> &#160;Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
</div>
</body>
</html>

36
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_reminders_alert.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Inventory Reminders Message</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Inventory Reminders Message Alert</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">Inventory Reminders</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_messages.htm">Messages</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale will alert you when there are inventory reminders needing your attention by adding a message to the message board on the home page.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: Display of reminder messages is subject to the security rights of the logged-in user.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/messages2.gif" alt="Messages" title="Messages" style="border: none;" width="282" height="174" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The reminders message is blue to differentiate it from your personal messages (yellow) and includes a link that will take you directly to the reminders window.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

83
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_reminders_fillso.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Fill Customer Order Reminders</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Fill Customer Order Reminders</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_filling.htm">Fill Customer Orders</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_reminders.htm">Reminders Overview</a></p>
<div style="float: none;">
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">The Fill Customer Order Reminders screen displays open customer orders that can be filled or partially filled with your available (including just received) item quantities. When you receive backorder items on a receiving voucher, Point of Sale will alert you that there are customer orders pending for the received items.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use this screen to review the open orders, select those to fill, and then either go to the order or print fulfillment reports and pick lists.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To view the customer order reminders:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Select <span class="hcp2">G</span><font class="hcp3">o to Fill Customer Order Reminders</font> from the alert when receiving backorder items.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">OR</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">From the Inventory menu, select <font class="hcp3">Reminders</font> and then select the <font class="hcp3">Fill Customer Orders</font> tab.</p>
<ol start="2" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">In the drop-down list on the right, choose to view orders that can be <span class="hcp2">F</span><font class="hcp3">illed Partially</font> or only those that can be <font class="hcp3">Filled Fully</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Tip: Use normal list <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic261.htm">sorting</a> and <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">customize column</a> procedures to display the list in the manner you prefer, e.g. by order number, order date, etc.</p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Use the check boxes in the <font class="hcp3">Select</font> column to select the order(s) you would like to fill. See note below about using this feature to optimize order fulfillment.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Go to a selected order or print a fulfillment report and pick list:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Text">To immediately go to an order to process it, double-click it in the list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Text">To print fulfillment reports for selected orders, select <font class="hcp3">Print</font> and then either <font class="hcp3">Fill Order Report</font> or <font class="hcp3">Item Pick List</font>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="5" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Process the selected orders individually using standard order fulfillment procedures.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp3">Optimizing Fulfillment:</font> As you select orders to fill, Point of Sale recalculates the status of the remaining orders. If filling one order makes an item unavailable to fill another order, the second order is disabled for selection. To clear the selected orders and try different combinations, choose <span class="hcp2">C</span><font class="hcp3">lear All Selections</font> from the I Want To menu. To have Point of Sale suggest orders to fill, giving priority to oldest orders first, clear any previous selections and then choose <span class="hcp2">A</span><font class="hcp3">uto-select Orders</font>. The results of this option will vary depending on whether you have chose to see orders that can be partially or fully filled.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for reminders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders_alert.htm">Reminders Message Alert</a></p>
</body>
</html>

51
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_service_items.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Using Service Items</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Using Service Items</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven436.htm">Item Types</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Service items are defined in inventory and typically are used to list non-merchandise and labor charges on sales orders, work orders, or sales receipts to complete a job. Use normal <a href="inven402.htm">new item</a> procedures to define service items in inventory, selecting the <span class="hcp1">S</span><font class="hcp2">ervice</font> item type.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use the following guidelines when defining service items in inventory.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You cannot enter an on-hand quantity for a service item. Service items always have a zero on-hand quantity, since they are non-merchandise items.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To charge for labor, enter a description of the labor in the <span class="hcp1">Item Name</span> field and a price equal to what you charge per hour (or per job). If you charge by the hour, you can charge for partial hours by listing the service item on a document and entering a <a href="inven_qty_decimals.htm">decimal quantity</a>, e.g., 0.5, 2.75, etc. Point of Sale will calculate the correct labor charge.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Generally, service items have no cost, but there may be exceptions, such as when you outsource the work and pay the third party a fee for the service. Make an entry in the item <font class="hcp2">Avg Unit</font> <font class="hcp2">Cost</font> field if this is the case.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You may want to <a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_itemaccounts.htm">map</a> custom <font class="hcp2">Income</font>, <font class="hcp2">Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)</font>, and <font class="hcp2">Asset</font> accounts on the Additional Info tab of the item form so the charges (when recorded on a receipt) are posted to your financial software in the manner you choose.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_shipping/shipping_serviceitem.htm">Use a service item for shipping charges</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/wo_tips.htm">Use work orders</a></p>
</body>
</html>

133
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/inven_uom_managemultiple.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Define Multiple Units of Measure</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
img.hcp3 { border:none; }
ul.hcp4 { list-style:disc; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Define Multiple Units of Measure</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_unitofmeasure.htm">Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listing_uom.htm">Use Units of Measure on Documents</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">The use of multiple units of measure allows you to purchase and sell an item in up to four different units (sizes, or pack quantities). For example, you might buy a canned item by the case but sell it by both the case and individual can. You can define a separate UPC, alternate lookup, sales price, and default purchase-by and sell-by units in inventory and Point of Sale will automatically suggest the correct unit on documents.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To define multiple units of measure in inventory:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Turn on the multiple unit of measure feature and add the various units you are likely to use on the Inventory page of <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_inventory.htm">company preferences</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">As <a href="inven402.htm">adding</a> or <a href="inven404.htm">editing</a> an item, specify the base unit for the item in the <span class="hcp2">Base Unit</span> field. Select from the units defined in preferences in Step 1 or enter a new unit (it will be added to preferences when you save).</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">It is strongly recommended you make the smallest unit in which you buy or sell the item the base unit. This helps avoid fractional calculations. Other information entered on the main item form (UPC, price and cost, quantities, etc.) should be for your base unit.</p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <span class="hcp2">Units</span> button adjacent to the Base Unit &#160;field. The Units of Measure window is opened.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">View Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP245558698" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width: 100%; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px;">
<p><img src="../image/inven_muom.gif" alt="Unit of Measure Window" width="461" height="326" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<ol start="4" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter each alternate unit of measure. Click the <span class="hcp2">Unit of Measure 1</span>, <span class="hcp2">2</span>, or <span class="hcp2">3</span> labels to expand the section and then enter or select:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">&#160;<span class="hcp2">Unit</span>: Select from the drop-down list of previously defined units or type a new one.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2"># of Base Units</span>: How many base units there are in this unit?</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">&#160;<span class="hcp2">UPC</span> and <span class="hcp2">ALU</span>: Unique values in these fields allow you to list the item in the correct unit by scanning or entering the unique value on documents. If these values are not different for each unit, leave them blank for alternate units.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Regular Price</span>: For selling this unit; click <span class="hcp2">Pricing</span> to add additional markdown price levels.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Average Cost</span> and <span class="hcp2">Quantity on Hand</span> for alternate units are calculated from your base unit values and are not editable for alternate units. &#160;</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent">In this example, the base unit is a 12 oz. bottle and now we are entering a case unit which contains 12 bottles.</p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/inven_muom_case.gif" alt="Unit of Measure - Alternate Unit Definition" title="Unit of Measure - Alternate Unit Definition" style="border: none; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 12px; margin-bottom: 12px;" width="457" height="90" border="0"></p>
<ol start="5" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">At the top of the window, specify default order-by and sell-by units. <!--<a href="qbpos:helppopup.21995">Learn
more about the default units.<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic"
title="Click to display a popup topic"
style="border: none;" width="10"
height="12" border="0" /></a>--></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">If your default order-by unit is different than your base unit, you will be prompted to enter an order cost. Enter the order cost and click <span class="hcp2">OK</span>.</p>
<ol start="6" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">Close</span> to return to the main item form.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information in other item fields as necessary.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">Save</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Each unit can only be added once per item. For example, if you selected "case" as the base unit of measure, case will not be available to select as an alternate unit of measure. To use a unit in another position, first remove it from the previous defined position (remove by selecting blank as a unit).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If using the Data Import Wizard to import item information, you can import information for your base unit only. If exporting item list information, the base unit information is exported.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Warning"><img src="../image/warning_icon_small.gif" alt="" width="24" height="25" border="0" class="hcp3"> &#160;<span class="hcp2">Changing Base Units of Measure:</span> &#160;Use caution if you need to change your base unit of measure after having been in operation for awhile. Review and update <span class="hcp2">all</span> item fields for each of your units after the change, paying particular attention to cost, price, and quantity values. Point of Sale will create adjustment memos for any cost and quantity edits related to the change, but there should be no net change in your inventory value.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"> &#160;Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
</div>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP245558698');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

97
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/invenvoverview.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Inventory Overview</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
td.hcp2 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Inventory Overview</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_documentsdefined.htm">How Documents Affect Inventory</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven436.htm">About Item Types</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP246056665" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 52.164%;">
<col style="width: 47.836%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width:52.164%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven402.htm">Add an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_importitems.htm">Import items<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven404.htm">Edit an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven406.htm">Delete</a> or <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">merge items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven434.htm">User reorder points</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Add item list columns</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filter the item list</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export my item list</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:47.836%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven435.htm">Use service items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">View inventory reminders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven410.htm">Track item price and cost</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Use Price Manager</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Adjust cost or quantity</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_basicsteps.htm">Take a physical inventory</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic_taginstructions.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The Point of Sale inventory is designed to help you easily define, track, view, and edit your items in a convenient, accurate, and efficient manner. Each row in your item list represents a unique inventory item, service, or fee. Transactions such as receiving and selling merchandise instantly update your inventory quantities and costs.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Your item list stores all item information, including on-hand quantities, costs, price(s), UPC numbers, tax status, reorder points, and much more.</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven403.htm">Item Definitions</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_importitems.htm">Import items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a href="inven_reports.htm">Inventory reports</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for inventory</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_liststats.htm">View item list summary statistics</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_itemaccounts.htm">Define QuickBooks Desktop item accounts</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Point of Sale Free</p>
<p class="Help-Text">References to entering or tracking inventory quantities or costs and related features, such as margin/markup and price levels, do not apply to you.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Multi-Store Notes</p>
<p class="Help-Text">All item quantities at all stores comprise a single inventory, with Headquarters having central control over that inventory. Point of Sale tracks the quantities of each item located at each store within that inventory. Transactions update inventory at the local store. When the next Store Exchange of information is completed, all stores and Headquarters are updated with the updated inventory information, reflecting activity at all stores. If you also use QuickBooks Desktop financial software, transactions are sent to QuickBooks Desktop so that your inventory valuation and related financial records are updated.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Inventory items and related files (departments, vendors, costs, prices etc.) can only be added or edited at Headquarters. Remote stores can view this information and use it to process transactions, but cannot edit the item information.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-style: italic;">Exception:</font> <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Special order items</a> can be created and ordered by remote stores, typically done while creating a <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_create.htm">customer order</a>. The special order item is sent to Headquarters on the first transactional document listing it. Headquarters can make a special order item a permanent addition to inventory by <a href="inven_convert_specialorder.htm">converting it to an inventory item</a>. Allowing remote stores to create special order items introduces the possibility of creating items with duplicate UPC or Alternate Lookups. Headquarters is alerted to and can fix duplicate items from the <a href="inven_reminders_dupitems.htm">duplicate item reminders</a> screen.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Remote stores can be made aware of new items added at Headquarters via the <a href="inven_reminder_newitems.htm"><font color="#0000FF">new items reminders</font></a> screen.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">&#160;</p>
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"><img src="../image/lightningbolt_shg.gif" alt="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." title="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." width="9" height="15" border="0" class="hcp1"> &#160;Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
</div>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP246056665');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

30
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/iview_companyinfo.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Setup Interview">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Setup Interview: Receipt Information</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Setup Interview: Receipt Information</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="iview_overview.htm">Setup Interview: Overview</a> &#160;</p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This page of the Setup Interview window is used to enter your company information (name, address, e-mail, web site, etc.) as you want it printed on sales receipts, purchase orders, reports, and customer orders.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can also enter your return policy, store hours, or any other information you want to share with your customers.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

58
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/iview_multistore_connectstores.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Set Up Other Stores</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Set Up Other Stores</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_overview.htm">Store Exchange Center</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_exchange.htm">Store Exchange Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right;
color: #800000;">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Store Exchange can be set up from the Store Exchange Center using the following guidelines:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Headquarters only:</font> Click &#160;<font class="hcp1">Set up store</font> to enter information for each of your remote stores.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Headquarters only:</font> Enter a store code and name that will be used throughout the program to identify each store.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Specify the <a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_exchange_methods.htm">communication method</a> you will use to exchange data with the other store(s) and enter an e-mail address, file path, or folder location, based on the selected exchange method.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter the license number from the Server Workstation at the other store(s). The license number can be found on the CD jacket or by selecting <font class="hcp1">About Point of Sale</font> from the Help menu at the other stores Server Workstation. If the other store has not installed yet, you can complete this section later by selecting <font class="hcp1">Configure Store Exchange</font> from the Stores menu.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Select <span style="font-weight: bold;">Change Password</span> and specify a password used to encrypt the files sent between stores (the same password must be entered at all stores). <a href="qbpos:helppopup.10029">Tips for passwords<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Select a <font color="#0000FF">blue</font> link on the left for answers to frequently asked questions.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_types.htm">Allowed Point of Sale activities by store type</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_exchange_methods.htm">Methods of Store Exchange</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/store_exchange_info.htm">What information is exchanged between stores?</a></p>
</body>
</html>

41
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/iview_overview.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Setup Interview">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Setup Interview</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Setup Interview</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/hsoverview.htm">Help and Support</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basicsmainpage.htm">How Do I?</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The first time Point of Sale is started on the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>, the Setup Interview window is automatically opened. The interview is the fastest way to set up basic Point of Sale options in one place so you are ready to begin ringing up sales fast!</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Not all options are defined in this initial setup. Advanced options that help you customize Point of Sale for your unique business needs can be set up later in <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefsoverview.htm">company preferences</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">The Setup Interview allows you to define:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="iview_companyinfo.htm">Printed receipt</a> Enter the company information you want printed on sales receipts including phone numbers, web site, and email address. This information is also printed on orders and reports.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="iview_salestax.htm">Sales tax</a> Specify if you collect sales tax and, if so, enter your primary sales tax rate and to whom the taxes are paid. You can set up more advanced sales tax options, such as different taxing instructions by merchandise type, price, or location, or paying taxes to multiple agencies later in company preferences.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_merchant_service/cardservicesoverview.htm">Payments</a> &#160; Learn about and sign up for a QuickBooks Desktop POS Merchant Service account to process credit card and debit/ATM transactions from within Point of Sale. If you already have an account use this page to enter your account number and set service options.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span style="color: #0000ff;"><a href="../qbpos_merchant_service/cardservicesoverview.htm">Gift Card</a></span> &#160; The QuickBooks Desktop POS Gift Card Service allows you to sell, redeem, and track the balance of gift cards from within Point of Sale. A QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account is required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_equipment/equip_hwsetupwiz.htm">Hardware</a> &#160;Click <span style="font-weight: bold;">Configure/Setup</span> for the Point of Sale equipment you have. The Hardware Setup Wizard will walk you through configuring and testing each piece of hardware.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can return to the Setup Interview at anytime by selecting it from the File menu.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="http://www.youtube.com/user/IntuitQuickBooksPOS/videos">Learn more</a></p>
</body>
</html>

60
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/iview_qbfs.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Setup Interview: Use with QuickBooks</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Setup Interview: Use with QuickBooks</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/qbdataoverview.htm">Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_requirements.htm">Requirements of Financial Exchange</a></p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use this page to specify whether you want to share Point of Sale data with QuickBooks financial software.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Answer <font class="hcp1">No</font> if you do not plan to share data with QuickBooks.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Answer <font class="hcp1">Yes</font> if you intend to share data with QuickBooks, even if you have not set up your QuickBooks company file yet.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Connecting to QuickBooks</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can connect to QuickBooks now, provided you have the financial company you intend to use with Point of Sale set up. If you do not connect now, Point of Sale will prompt you to do so the first time you access a feature that requires a connection.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To connect now:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Leaving the Point of Sale Setup Interview open, start your QuickBooks financial software and open the company file you wish to use with Point of Sale, logging in as a user with Administrator rights.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Switch back to the Point of Sale Setup Interview (select from the Windows task bar or press <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Alt+Tab&gt;</font>).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Run QuickBooks Connection Wizard</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">The Wizard will walk you through connecting the two programs.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Select a topic link to learn more about Financial Exchange.</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_accoutpaymenttypes.htm">Customizing how Point of Sale information is sent to QuickBooks</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_importitems.htm">Importing your existing QuickBooks items to Point of Sale</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="iview_overview.htm">Setup Interview: Overview</a></p>
</body>
</html>

57
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/iview_qbfs_q4.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Setup Interview">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>iview_qbfs_q4</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">I am having trouble connecting to QuickBooks. How do I fix it?</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This is a popup topic.and has been hidden</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Go through this checklist to be sure all of the essential requirements of connecting are met.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Do you have a supported version of QuickBooks: Pro or Premier Editions (2003 - 2006) or Enterprise Solutions (2.0 - 5.0)?</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Is QuickBooks installed on this computer?</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent"><font style="font-weight: bold;">OR</font></p>
<p class="Help-Indent">Have you followed the instructions in the Point of Sale QuickStart Guide to install and use QuickBooks on another computer?</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Have you set up a QuickBooks company file to use with Point of Sale?</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Is QuickBooks running and the company file open before you start the connection wizard?</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If using the Remote Data Sharing (RDS) option, is the server application running on the computer on which QuickBooks is installed? Learn more about using RDS.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Is the "Dont allow any applications to access this company file" option set in your QuickBooks Integrated Applications company preferences? If so, the check box for this option must be cleared. How do I?</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Have you moved or renamed your QuickBooks company file? If so, use the connection wizard to reconnect to your company file in the new location or of the new name.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Click anywhere to close this window</p>
</body>
</html>

41
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/iview_salestax.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Set Up Primary Sales Tax Rate</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Set Up Primary Sales Tax Rate</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note">This information applies when setting up your primary sales tax rate from the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Setup Interview</span> or upon being prompted when you go to make a sale.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use this page to set up your primary sales tax.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you collect sales tax, answer <font style="font-weight: bold;">Yes</font></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter your primary sales tax rate and the government agency to which you pay the collected taxes</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Entering tax information here sets up one <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_taxcode">tax code</a> and one <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_tax_location">tax location</a> for you, with the <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_taxrate">tax rate</a> you specify applied to all taxable items. As you enter/edit your items in inventory, assign this tax code to them so that tax is automatically collected on sales.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you need to configure more advanced sales tax options, such as collecting sales tax at different rates for different types of merchandise or services, for sales in different locations, based on item price thresholds, or to pay taxes to multiple agencies, you can set up those tax options later in Point of Sale company preferences.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/sales_tax/basic222.htm">Learn more about collecting sales taxes</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_taxfaq.htm">Sales tax FAQs</a></p>
</body>
</html>

81
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po601.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Purchase orders">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Access Purchase Orders</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
td.hcp1 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Access Purchase Orders</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" style="border: none;" width="11" height="11" border="0"></a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP403763200" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 45.882%;">
<col style="width: 54.118%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width:45.882%;" class="hcp1">
<p><a href="po602.htm">Create a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="po634.htm">Edit item order costs</a></p>
<p><a href="po614.htm">Enter discounts and fees</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_email_documents.htm">E-mail a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch752.htm">Receive against a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_viewonorder.htm">View open POs by item</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inv_multivendor.htm">Purchase from multiple vendors</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:54.118%;" class="hcp1">
<p><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="po628.htm">Edit a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="po_status_tracking.htm">Track POs by status</a></p>
<p><a href="po619.htm">Delete filled POs</a></p>
<p><a href="po_suggestpo.htm">View suggested POs</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Handle special orders</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Select one of the following from the Purchasing menu:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Purchase Order List</span> to view saved POs</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">New Purchase Order</span> to create a new PO</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Suggest PO</span> to have Point of Sale recommend order quantities for items that have fallen below their reorder point (Pro)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP403763200');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

142
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po602.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Purchase orders">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Create a Purchase Order</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
td.hcp2 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Create a Purchase Order Basic Steps</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" style="border: none;" width="11" height="11" border="0"></a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="purchasingoverview.htm">PO Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields06.htm">PO Fields</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP402359132" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 45.882%;">
<col style="width: 54.118%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width:45.882%;" class="hcp2">
<p><a href="po634.htm">Edit item order costs</a></p>
<p><a href="po614.htm">Enter discounts and fees</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_email_documents.htm">E-mail a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch752.htm">Receive against a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_viewonorder.htm">View open POs by item</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inv_multivendor.htm">Purchase from multiple vendors</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:54.118%;" class="hcp2">
<p><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="po628.htm">Edit a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="po_status_tracking.htm">Track POs by status</a></p>
<p><a href="po619.htm">Delete filled POs</a></p>
<p><a href="po_suggestpo.htm">View suggested POs</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Handle special orders</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Follow the steps below to create a new purchase order (PO). You can also make a new PO by <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_historydocs_copy.htm">copying</a> an existing one.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp3">Note</span>: The availability of purchase orders is controlled by your <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Features to Use preference</a> settings.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To create a new PO:</p>
<ol style="list-style: decimal;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp3">N</span><font class="hcp4">ew Purchase Order</font> from the Purchasing menu.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">A blank PO form is displayed.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Accept the suggested <font class="hcp4">PO#</font> (sequential order) or enter a unique alphanumeric number of your own.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select a vendor from the <font class="hcp4">Vendor</font> drop-down list.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Type the first few characters of the vendor company name to quickly jump to the vendor in the list. Select <span class="hcp3">A</span><font class="hcp4">dd New</font> if you need to add the vendor record while making the PO.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Press <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;F4&gt;</font> from the vendor field to go to your full vendor list to find the vendor.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The payment terms from the vendors record are suggested on the PO.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If applicable, specify the store to which the items will be shipped in the <span class="hcp3">Ship To Address</span> field and the store to which the vendor bill should go in the <span class="hcp3">Bill To Address</span> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Accept or edit the <font class="hcp4">Order</font>, <font class="hcp4">Ship</font>, and <font class="hcp4">Cancel</font> dates as necessary.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="po616.htm">List the items</a> you want to order, entering an order quantity and cost for each item added.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">The <a href="po634.htm">purchase order cost</a> is suggested as the <font class="hcp4">Order Cost</font> of the item in inventory, but can be edited as necessary.</p>
<ol start="7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information in other <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields06.htm">PO fields</a>, including any applicable <a href="po614.htm">discount</a> and/or <a href="po615.htm">fee</a> that will apply to the order.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp3">S</span><font class="hcp4">ave</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Pro Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If using <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_uom_multiple.htm">multiple units of measure</a>, your default order-by unit and associated order cost is suggested. Use the <span class="hcp3">Units of Measure</span> field to order by a unit other than your default order-by unit.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can also <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_generatepo.htm">generate a PO from a customer order</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">With multiple stores, remote stores can generate POs only for <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">special order</a> items.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you order the same item from <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inv_multivendor.htm">multiple vendors</a> you can list any of the item's vendors on the PO.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_email_documents.htm">E-mail POs to vendors</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Handle special orders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inv_multivendor.htm">Purchase an item from multiple vendors</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po_suggestpo.htm">Have Point of Sale suggest orders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_purchasing.htm">Multi-Store purchasing &amp; receiving overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po_status_tracking.htm">Track POs by status</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP402359132');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

63
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po607.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Tip: Using a Filter to Display a Single Vendor's Items</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffec; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Tip: Using a Filter to Display a Single Vendor's Items</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">When looking up items while creating a document, you can filter your item list to display only items from a specified vendor. This is particularly useful while creating purchase orders.</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Choose <font class="hcp1">Select from</font> <span class="hcp2">It</span><font class="hcp1">em List</font> from the I Want To menu to go to the item select inventory screen.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Create Filter</font> from the <span class="hcp2">View</span> drop-down list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Scroll down to the <span class="hcp2">Vendor Name</span> or <span class="hcp2">Vendor Code</span> field and enter the vendor information, clear all other fields, and then select <font class="hcp1">OK</font> to display the filtered list.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">If you want to memorize the filter for future use, select <font class="hcp1">Save</font> before selecting <span><font class="hcp1">OK</font></span>, and give the filter a unique name.</p>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter a <font class="hcp1">Doc Qty</font> and <font class="hcp1">Doc Cost</font> (or <font class="hcp1">Doc Price</font> if applicable) for each item being listed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Choose <font class="hcp1">Select</font> to return the items and quantities to the document.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) To work with a style from the vendor, highlight any item belonging to the style you want to order and then select <font class="hcp1">Switch to Style</font> to display the style grid. Enter document quantities in the cells of the grid and then choose <font class="hcp1">Select</font>.</p>
</body>
</html>

50
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po614.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Purchase orders">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>PO Discounts and Fees</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Purchase Order Discounts and Fees</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Sometimes vendors will offer a discount or charge a miscellaneous fee on merchandise. You can add a discount and/or a fee in the totals area at the bottom of the purchase order. Discounts and fees are not spread over the cost of individual items listed on the PO.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To enter a purchase order discount:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter a discount in the <font class="hcp1">Discount</font> (amount) or <font class="hcp1">Disc %</font> fields.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent">AND/OR</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter a fee amount in the <font class="hcp1">Fee</font> field.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Note that discounts entered on a purchase order are proportionally carried to receiving vouchers that reference the purchase order. For example, if a purchase order has a discount totaling $50.00 and you receive only half (calculated by value, not unit count) of the ordered items on a voucher, then $25.00 of the discount is applied to that voucher. The remaining discount amount will be carried to subsequent vouchers that receive the remaining due items.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When a receiving voucher references a purchase order with a fee entered, you are alerted and can transfer the fee to the voucher at your discretion. This is because fees may not be not related to the value of ordered/received items, and may need to be applied differently if a partial shipment is received. Transferring a fee to vouchers that reference the purchase order is at your discretion.</p>
</body>
</html>

39
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po615.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Purchase orders">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>PO Fees</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Purchase Order Fees</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Fees entered on a PO (such as a special handling fee) are not spread over the cost of individual items.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When a receiving voucher references a PO with a fee entered, you are alerted and can transfer the fee to the voucher at your discretion.<font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;"><br>
<br>
To enter a PO fee:</font></p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Enter an amount in the <font style="font-weight: bold;">Fee</font> field.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

52
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po616.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Purchase orders">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>List Items on a PO</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">List Items on a Purchase order</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Read the following sections to learn more about listing items on a purchase order.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic317.htm">List items by UPC, alternate lookup, item #, or search keyword</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic318.htm">Select items from inventory</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('po_addnewitems.htm',400,300);return false;">Add new inventory items while making a PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listing_uom.htm">Purchase by different units of measure</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">List special order items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><font style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</font> If you have defined Reorder Points for your inventory items, you can easily view a list of the items whose on-hand quantities are at or below the reorder point on the <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_reminder_reorder.htm">Reminders</a> window. Pro users can have Point of Sale <a href="po_suggestpo.htm">suggest POs</a> for items on this list.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po602.htm">Create a new PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po628.htm">Edit a PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic320.htm">Delete items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po634.htm">Enter order costs on a PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po_suggestpo.htm">Have Point of Sale suggest orders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_purchasing.htm">Multi-store purchasing &amp; receiving</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

72
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po619.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Purchase orders">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Delete a PO</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Delete a Purchase Order</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Purchase orders are planning documents that have no direct affect on inventory. Therefore they can be safely deleted at anytime, whether because you have received all of the ordered items or because you are canceling the order. Vouchers made to receive the ordered items provide a permanent record.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To delete a PO:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">P</span><font class="hcp2">urchase Order List</font> from the Purchasing menu.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Locate</a> and highlight the PO you wish to delete.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">D</span><font class="hcp2">elete</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Once a PO has been deleted, it cannot be recovered. Deleted POs also are not displayed when viewing a <a href="../qbpos_vendors/vend360.htm">vendor's history</a>. However, the corresponding receiving vouchers are displayed in vendor history.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Deleting filled or canceled POs helps keep your PO list compact, so locating a PO when you need to is easier.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">In a multi-store configuration:</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">POs can be deleted only at Headquarters. (Exception: POs for <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">special order</a> items created at a remote store can be edited or deleted at the remote store.) Once a PO is filled, Headquarters can delete it, in which case it will be removed from the PO list at remote stores on the next Store Exchange.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">A good practice at Headquarters is to regularly review your PO list and delete POs that have been filled. This helps keep the active PO file compact, making it easier to locate POs in the list, both at Headquarters and at remote stores, and makes <a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_exchange.htm">Store Exchange</a> mailbags smaller. Your receiving vouchers provide the permanent record of merchandise received.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_po.htm">Find a PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po602.htm">Create a new PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po632.htm">PO fill status</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_purchasing.htm">Multi-store purchasing &amp; receiving</a></p>
</body>
</html>

54
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po626.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Purchase orders">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Cancel a PO in Progress</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Cancel a Purchase Order in Progress</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="po602.htm">Create a new PO</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_historydocs_copy.htm">Copy a PO</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Purchase orders can be safely canceled before saving or <a href="po619.htm">deleted</a> anytime later, since they have no direct effect on inventory.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To cancel a PO in progress:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Before saving the PO, select <span class="hcp2">C</span><font style="font-weight: bold;">ancel</font> or press <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Esc&gt;</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the confirmation dialog displayed, select:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp2">OK</span> to cancel the PO without keeping a copy and discard all changes you have made to it.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp2">Cancel</span> to exit the dialog and return to the PO, keeping it active.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

94
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po628.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Purchase orders">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Edit a PO</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
td.hcp1 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Edit a Purchase Order</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" style="border: none;" width="11" height="11" border="0"></a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP376285413" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 45.882%;">
<col style="width: 54.118%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width:45.882%;" class="hcp1">
<p><a href="po602.htm">Create a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="po634.htm">Edit item order costs</a></p>
<p><a href="po614.htm">Enter discounts and fees</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_email_documents.htm">E-mail a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch752.htm">Receive against a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_viewonorder.htm">View open POs by item</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inv_multivendor.htm">Purchase from multiple vendors</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:54.118%;" class="hcp1">
<p><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="po_status_tracking.htm">Track POs by status</a></p>
<p><a href="po619.htm">Delete filled POs</a></p>
<p><a href="po_suggestpo.htm">View suggested POs</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Handle special orders</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">POs are order-planning documents, not transactional documents; therefore, they can be edited even after saving.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit a PO:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Locate</a> and highlight a PO in your list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">E</span><font class="hcp3">dit</font> from the main toolbar. The PO form is displayed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Navigate through the editable fields, making changes as needed.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">To edit a listed item, highlight the item and select <span class="hcp2">E</span><font class="hcp3">dit Item</font> <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">(&lt;F5&gt;)</font>. You can also add or delete items, if necessary.</p>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp3">ave</font></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In a multi-store configuration, POs made for remote stores and later edited are resent to the remote store in the next Store Exchange. Remote stores cannot edit or delete POs received from Headquarters.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po616.htm">List items on a PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po619.htm">Delete a PO</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP376285413');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

77
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po629.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Purchase orders">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Print POs</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Print Purchase Orders</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">After completing a PO, you can print out a copy to send to a vendor or keep for your own records.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">For information about printing tags, see <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic338.htm">printing tags</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Also read the general <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic243.htm">printing</a> topic.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To print a PO:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Display the PO or select the PO(s) that you want to print. <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_multiselect.htm.htm');return false;">How do I select multiple POs?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font style="font-weight: bold;">Print Purchase Orders</font> from the Print menu.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If presented with a print option dialog:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Change the printer you want to use, if necessary</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Specify to include <span class="hcp1">All items</span> or just <span class="hcp1">Due items</span> and the number of copies you want to print</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Select <span class="hcp1">More Options</span> to preview or change the print template</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4" style="list-style: decimal;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">Print</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_po.htm">Find a PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po628.htm">Edit a PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_email_documents.htm">E-mail a PO to the vendor</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

43
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po632.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>PO Fill Status</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Purchase Order Fill Status</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">The <font class="hcp1">Qty Ordered</font>, <font class="hcp1">Qty Received,</font> <font class="hcp1">Unfilled %<span style="font-weight: normal;">, and</span> Qty Due</font> fields are grouped together in the totals area of the PO form (also shown in the PO list). Together, they communicate the fill status of the entire PO.<img src="../image/po_fillstatus.gif" alt="PO Fill Status" title="PO Fill Status" style="border: none; margin-left: 6px; margin-right: 6px; margin-top: 6px; margin-bottom: 6px;" width="125" height="86" align="right" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">POs start with an initial <font class="hcp1">Qty Received</font> of 0 (zero) and <font class="hcp1">Unfilled %</font> of 100. The <font class="hcp1">Qty Received</font> increases, and the <span class="hcp2">Qty</span> <font class="hcp1">Due</font> and <font class="hcp1">Unfilled %</font> decrease as items are received on vouchers. For example, if you ordered 20 of a certain item and received only 15 on a voucher, the PO would show a remaining <font class="hcp1">Qty Due</font> of 5 and <font class="hcp1">Unfilled %</font> of 25.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If a vendor substitutes items or quantities, the PO will show a remaining <span class="hcp2">Qty</span> <font class="hcp1">Due</font> and <font class="hcp1">Unfilled %</font>. If you want to accept the substitution and have the PO show that the order was filled, you can <a href="po628.htm">edit</a> the PO to match the merchandise received, so that each item on the PO has a <span class="hcp2">Qty</span> <font class="hcp1">Due</font> of zero (0). The <font class="hcp1">Unfilled %</font> will be adjusted accordingly.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">To see the fill status of individual items, look at the <font class="hcp1">Ordered</font> (quantity) and <font class="hcp1">Due</font> fields for each item in the PO item list.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields06.htm">PO field descriptions</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch752.htm">Receive PO items on a voucher</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po_status_tracking.htm">Track POs by order status</a></p>
</body>
</html>

43
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po634.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Order Costs on POs</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Order Costs on Purchase Orders</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">A purchase order (PO) is a document that asks a vendor to deliver goods at a certain cost. When listing items on a PO, Point of Sale will suggest the item <font class="hcp1">Order Cost</font> in inventory as the cost on the PO. You can change the cost on the PO by manually editing it. This does not affect the <font class="hcp1">Order Cost</font> assigned in inventory.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When a receiving voucher is made to receive the PO items, the cost entered on the PO will be carried to the voucher, as will the vendor terms. When the receiving voucher is updated, the inventory <font class="hcp1">Average Unit Cost</font> and <font class="hcp1">Order Cost</font> will automatically be updated to reflect the change in the item cost.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Printing tags when costs change:</font> You have the option of <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic338.htm">printing tags</a> for the items ordered on a PO. This way the tags are ready when the items are received. Be aware however, that if the PO is ordering items at a new cost and you print the tags from the PO, the tag price will be the current inventory price. It is recommended you review and <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven410.htm">update your item prices</a> when receiving the items on a voucher or in inventory before printing tags in this case.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po602.htm">Create a new PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po616.htm">List items on a PO</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inv_multivendor.htm">Use multiple vendors for an item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven410.htm">Track item price and cost in inventory</a></p>
</body>
</html>

73
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po_addnewitems.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Add New Inventory Items while Making a PO</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp3 { font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add New Inventory Items while Making a PO</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_quickadd_item.htm">Quick Add an Item</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="po602.htm">Make a new PO</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale allows you to add new items to inventory and immediately order them as you are creating a new PO.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add a new inventory item while making a PO:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">When creating the PO, choose <font class="hcp1">Select from</font> <span class="hcp2">I</span><font class="hcp1">tem List</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) To add a new style or add items to an existing style, select <span class="hcp2">Edit/Add</span> <font class="hcp1">Style</font> from the I Want To menu once you reach the inventory item select screen.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">N</span><font class="hcp1">ew</font> and enter information to define the new <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven402.htm">item(s)</a> or <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven407.htm">style</a>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter an <font class="hcp1">Order Cost</font> (on Additional Info tab) and optionally the <font class="hcp1">Average Unit</font> <font class="hcp1">Cost</font> for each new item, but leave the <font class="hcp1">On-Hand Qty</font> field blank. The receiving voucher will add the received quantities and update the average cost (if not entered) when the ordered items are received.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) Style Items: You can enter order quantities in the style grid cells. Only style items for which you entered an order quantity are created in inventory.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp3">For a single item:</font> Choose <span class="hcp2">Save</span> <font class="hcp1">and Select</font> to save the item and list it on the PO with a quantity of one (1) and your defined order cost.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Or</p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><font class="hcp3">For a style:</font> Choose <font class="hcp1">Save and</font> <font class="hcp1">Select</font> to save the style in inventory and bring the style items and specified order quantities to the PO.</p>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If necessary to change item quantities or order costs back on the PO, highlight any item and select <font class="hcp1">Edit Item</font> <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">(&lt;F5&gt;)</font>. Entering a new values and then select <font class="hcp1">OK</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Or, navigate to the <font class="hcp1">Ordered</font> (Qty) and <font class="hcp1">Cost</font> fields in the PO item list and make edits there.</p>
</body>
</html>

46
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po_instructionscomments.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Enter Notes, Instructions or Comments</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:normal; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Enter Notes, Instructions or Comments</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Most Point of Sale documents contain a field for entering pertinent information related to the transaction. This field is labeled <span class="hcp1">Notes</span>, &#160;<font class="hcp2">Instructions</font> or <font class="hcp2">Comments</font>, depending on the document.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">Receipt <span class="hcp3">-</span></font> <font class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Select</span> <span class="hcp1">Add/Edit Receipt Notes</span> <span class="hcp3">from the I Want To menu.</span></font> <span><font style="font-weight: normal;">Use the Notes field to record additional information about the sale.</font></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">Purchase Order</font> &#160;Embedded Instructions field on the form for recording special vendor instructions, FOB point, delivery policies, etc.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">Adjustment Memos</font> &#160;Embedded Comments field for recording information related to the reason for the inventory adjustment.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">Customer Orders</font> (Pro) Use to record information about the merchandise ordered, work to be performed, warranty coverage, or other related data.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If more space is needed in this field, select <span class="hcp1">Edit &lt;type&gt;</span> from the I Want To menu.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Entries in these fields can be used to filter documents for list display and filtering of some reports.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1005.htm">Make a Sale</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_create.htm">Take a customer order</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po602.htm">Create a purchase order</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Create an inventory adjustment memo</a></p>
</body>
</html>

86
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po_status_tracking.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Track POs by Status</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Track Purchase Orders by Status</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">The <font class="hcp1">Status</font> field on purchase orders allows you to track orders, filter order lists, and create reports based on the current entry. Point of Sale has these default purchase order status types.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Open</span> - Assigned to all new orders.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Closed</span> - Automatically assigned to POs that have been completely received.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Pending</span> - Manually assigned status, typically used on orders that you have made but that you are not immediately placing with your vendor. &#160;This &#160;allows you to filter them out from purchasing reports and for Pro users, prevents unplaced orders from affecting your <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_avblqty_tracking.htm">available quantity</a> calculations and reorder reminders.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Suggested</span> - (Pro) Automatically assigned to POs generated by the <a href="po_suggestpo.htm">Suggest PO</a> feature.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To manually change the status of a purchase order:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Display the purchase order in Form View.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select a new status from the drop-down list in the <font class="hcp1">Status</font> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp1">ave</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To view the status history of a purchase order:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Display the order in Form View.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the icon next to the <font class="hcp1">Status</font> field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If it fits your needs, you can add or rename status labels in <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs06.htm">company preferences</a>. A purchase orders status can be manually changed as the order is made and as it proceeds towards completion for tracking purposes.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">As the status of an order is changed, Point of Sale records the date and the employee who made the change, so you have a running history of the orders progression.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">When a receiving voucher records the arrival of the ordered merchandise and the PO is 100% filled, the orders status is automatically changed to <font class="hcp1">Closed</font> by Point of Sale. Closed POs don't show up in the default purchase order list view.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po602.htm">Create a purchase order</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po632.htm">Track PO fill status</a></p>
</body>
</html>

68
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/po_suggestpo.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Using 'Suggest PO'</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Using 'Suggest PO'</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_email_documents.htm">E-mail POs to Vendors</a></p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale can suggest and generate purchase orders for items that are on your <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_reminder_reorder.htm">reorder reminders</a> list.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When this feature is used, Point of Sale displays a list of proposed items to order.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;&#160;&#160;<img src="../image/suggest_po.gif" alt="image\suggest_po.gif" title="image\suggest_po.gif" width="383" height="98" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To have Point of Sale suggest POs:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">S</span><font class="hcp2">uggest POs</font> from the Purchasing menu or from the Reorder Reminders I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Point of Sale produces a list of suggested reorder items.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter an <font class="hcp2">Order Qty</font> for each item. POs are not generated for an item if you leave the Order Qty field blank.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Several item information fields, including current on-hand quantity, available quantity, and quantity already on order, are displayed or <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">available</a> to help you decide on new order quantities.</p>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If you purchase an item from <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inv_multivendor.htm">multiple vendors</a>, your primary vendor is suggested. If necessary, add and use the <font class="hcp2">Order From</font> column to change the vendor.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">C</span><font class="hcp2">reate POs</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Point of Sale generates purchase orders as specified using the item order costs from inventory. If multiple items are ordered for a vendor, they are combined on a single PO for that vendor. A confirmation message displays the number of POs created.</p>
<ol start="5">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">The POs can be viewed, edited to change order costs or add additional items, and printed or e-mailed to your vendor(s).</p>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

107
backups/backup_html_20260109_181143/purchasingoverview.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Purchase orders">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Purchasing Overview</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
td.hcp2 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Purchasing Overview</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" style="border: none;" width="11" height="11" border="0"></a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="po602.htm">Create a New PO</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch752.htm">Receive Ordered Items</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP272811044" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 45.882%;">
<col style="width: 54.118%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width:45.882%;" class="hcp2">
<p><a href="po602.htm">Create a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="po634.htm">Edit item order costs</a></p>
<p><a href="po614.htm">Enter discounts and fees</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_email_documents.htm">E-mail a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch752.htm">Receive against a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_viewonorder.htm">View open POs by item</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inv_multivendor.htm">Purchase from multiple vendors</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:54.118%;" class="hcp2">
<p><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="po628.htm">Edit a PO</a></p>
<p><a href="po_status_tracking.htm">Track POs by status</a></p>
<p><a href="po619.htm">Delete filled POs</a></p>
<p><a href="po_suggestpo.htm">View suggested POs</a></p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Handle special orders</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: The availability of purchase orders is controlled by your <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Features to Use preference</a> settings.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When merchants need to restock or add new merchandise, they create and send temporary documents called purchase orders (POs) to vendors. A PO typically includes the following information:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The vendors name</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Order, shipping, and cancel dates</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">A list of the items ordered, including description, order cost, and quantity ordered</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The total cost of the order, including applicable discounts and fees</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Optionally, terms of payment and payment due date (for tracking purposes)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">A summary of the PO fill status (what has been received and what has not)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Ship To and Bill To stores</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">The merchandise ordered on a PO is added to inventory when its arrival is recorded on a <a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch752.htm">receiving voucher</a>. When a PO has been filled, it can safely be deleted. The receiving voucher(s) that reference the PO provide the permanent record of the item purchased.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Purchase orders are not shared between Point of Sale and your QuickBooks Desktop financial software. Since they are planning documents, they have no effect on inventory valuation.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Remote stores can generate POs only for <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">special order</a> items. Regular POs are created only by Headquarters and are sent to each remote store for merchandise destined for their store. The remote store can reference those POs to create receiving vouchers. <a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_purchasing.htm">Learn More</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><font style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</font> If you have defined Reorder Points for your inventory items, you can easily view a list of the items whose on-hand quantities are at or below the reorder point on the <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_reminder_reorder.htm">Reminders</a> window. Pro users can have Point of Sale <a href="po_suggestpo.htm">suggest POs</a> for the items on the reorder reminders.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="po632.htm">Track PO fill status</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields06.htm">PO field descriptions</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_12">Security Rights for Purchase Orders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs06.htm">Preferences for Purchase Orders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_purchasing.htm">Multi-Store Purchasing &amp; Receiving</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP272811044');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

116
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/About_EMV_receipt_compliance.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>About EMV receipt compliance</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ul.hcp1 { list-style:disc; }
li.hcp2 { list-style:none;
display:inline; }
ol.hcp3 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">About EMV receipt compliance</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="receiptsoverview.htm">Sales Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields04.htm">Receipt Fields</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">EMV is a new US credit card payment standard meant to make credit transactions more secure. &#160;"EMV" stands for Europay, MasterCard, and Visa - the developers of this standard.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">EMV cards feature smart chips which encrypt data for every sale, making card transactions more secure. &#160;These cards are designed to be inserted into the reader and remain in place throughout the entire transaction.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Along with this change, there are new industry standards for the information contained on receipts. &#160;The default 40 column and Letter receipt templates are EMV compliant. &#160;If you use a modified template, make sure to add the fields required for EMV compliance.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">List of required fields:</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Body Header:</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Transaction Date &amp; Time</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Transaction Type &amp; Number</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Store</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Workstation</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Store Name</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Store Address</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Body:</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Tender Amount Information (includes total and masked card number)</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Tender Credit Card Name</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Expiration Date (masked)</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Tender Reference</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Entry Mode (Chip, Chip/Swiped, Manual, or Swiped)</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Tender Merchant Information</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Tender Signature Line</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Card AID</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Retention Reminder</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add fields to a custom receipt template:</p>
<ol class="hcp3">
<li class="hcp2">
<ol class="hcp3">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Go to <span class="hcp4">File &gt; Tools &gt; Print Designer</span>.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">From the Available Templates list, double-click your receipt template to open it.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Click the <span class="hcp4">Add</span> <span>button and choose</span> <span class="hcp4">Data Field or Group of Fields</span><span>. &#160;Add any fields from the list above that aren't already on your template.</span></p>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

88
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Canceling_Holding_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Canceling, Holding, and Unholding Receipts in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
b.hcp2 { font-weight:normal; }
b.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
ol.hcp4 { list-style:decimal; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Canceling, Holding, and Unholding Receipts in Simple View</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit/Delete Items</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Locate_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Locate a Receipt</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Reversing_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Reversing a Receipt</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Topic Hidden</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A sales receipt can be canceled or put on hold at any time before saving. Canceling/holding a sales receipt in Simple View has the same effect as canceling/holding a sales receipt in regular view. Refer to the topic <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_holding_a_document.htm">Canceling/Holding a Receipt</a> for more details.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To cancel a sales receipt:</p>
<ol start="1" style="list-style: decimal; margin-top: 0in;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b class="hcp2">New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the confirmation dialog, click <span class="GramE"><b>Yes</b></span> to discard the current receipt. The sales transaction of the receipt is canceled.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Or, click <b>No</b> to return to the current receipt and continue with the sales transaction.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b class="hcp3"><i style="font-style: italic;">To put a sales receipt on hold:</i></b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Hold</b>. The current sales receipt is put on hold.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To take a sales receipt off hold:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the <b class="hcp2">New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Unhold</b>. The held receipt will replace the new receipt form.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Complete the sales transaction by editing, saving, printing or canceling the receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b class="hcp3">Notes</b>:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">In Simple View, only one receipt can be placed on hold at a time. To place a second receipt on hold, you must first take the held receipt off hold and complete the sales transaction.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">While a sales receipt is on hold, you can view, print, or cancel it (subject to your security rights). Canceling a held receipt takes the receipt off hold and discards it.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_holding_a_document.htm">Canceling/Holding a receipt in regular view</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit/Delete items in Simple View</a></p>
</body>
</html>

59
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Credit_Card_Returns_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Credit Card Returns in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Credit Card Returns in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Gift_Card_Returns_Simple_View.htm">Gift Card Returns</a> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If a previous credit card transaction has already been settled with the concerned bank, you should issue a credit refund to the customer by making a return receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To make a credit card return:</p>
<ol start="1" style="list-style: decimal;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Follow the basic return procedure adding items to a return receipt. For more information, see <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b style="font-weight: normal;">Payments</b> area, click <b>Give Change</b> and select <b>Credit Card</b> from the menu. The Credit Card dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers credit card, or manually enter the credit card number, expiration date and the customers ZIP Code.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Update, print the receipt, and have the customer sign the merchant copy.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If the customer is returning all the items on the original receipt, you can also <a href="Reversing_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">reverse</a> the original receipt. Reversing the receipt is typically done when the customer is not present to swipe their card or to get a signature for a return receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

106
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Customers_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Customers in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ul.hcp1 { list-style:disc; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
img.hcp4 { border:none; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Customers in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If the company preference to track customer is enabled, basic customer functionality is supported in Simple View, including:</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The ability to list the customer on the receipt</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Applying customer discounts and price levels</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Using customer charge accounts</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Giving customer loyalty rewards</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Selling items from customer orders</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Quick-adding a customer to your Customer List while making a sale (see below)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To list an existing customer in Simple View:</p>
<ol class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <font style="font-weight: bold;">Customer</font> field, begin typing customer information (last name is suggested, but you can also type first name, phone number, company name, or a search keyword).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <span class="hcp3">Enter</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;<img src="../image/SimpleView/simpleview_cust.gif" alt="Simple View CUstomer Field" title="Simple View CUstomer Field" width="360" height="76" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the correct name from the displayed list of customers matching your entry.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">Alternatively, select the down arrow to the right of the customer field to display your entire customer list. Scroll through the list to locate the customer name.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Discounts, tax handling, and other customer-specific sales information is automatically suggested or applied to the receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To QuickAdd a new customer in Simple View:</p>
<ol class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp3">Add Cust</span> from the left side of the Simple View screen. The New Customer window is opened.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;<img src="../image/SimpleView/simpleview_quickadd_cust.gif" alt="QuickAdd Customer" title="QuickAdd Customer" width="280" height="215" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
<ol start="2" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter basic customer information. <span class="hcp3">Last Name</span> is required.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="3" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp3">Save and Select</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Complete the sale normally.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">You can add additional information for the customer later by editing the customer record.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Not all customer information is displayed on a Simple View receipt. For example, the customer's address, charge account information, reward information, and check acceptance status are not displayed. However, you will be notified if a credit limit is exceeded, if checks are not accepted, or if a reward is available for the customer.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The integrated shipping features are not available from the Simple View receipt screen, although you can record a shipping amount.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Customer Overview</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

183
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Discounting Sales Prices in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
img.hcp3 { border:none; }
table.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp5 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp6 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
ol.hcp7 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
b.hcp8 { font-weight:normal; }
img.hcp9 { border:none;
margin-left:5px;
margin-right:5px;
margin-top:5px;
margin-bottom:5px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-weight: bold;">Discounting Sales Prices in Simple View</b></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit/Delete Items</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments /Giving Change</a> <span class="hcp2"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Simple View supports the following types of discounts:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" name="qbdata_midtopic_sr_3000" id="a3">Manual item discounts <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP301090478" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">A manual item discount applies to a specific item being sold. Manual discounts are always given against the active price level for the item.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To manually discount an item:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">On the <b class="hcp8">New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, highlight the item to be discounted in the item list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Edit Item</b>. The <b class="hcp8">Edit Item</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal5"><img src="../image/SimpleView/manual_discount.gif" alt="Simple View: Manual Discount" width="300" height="203" border="0" class="hcp9"></p>
<p class="InlineNormal9">&#160;</p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Apply a discount to the item price in any of the following ways:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To discount price to a specific amount, enter the new amount in the <b>Price</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To discount price by a specific percentage, enter the percentage in the <b>Disc. %</b> field.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4" class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify a <b>Disc. Reason</b> if required or desired, from the drop-down list of available reasons.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b> to close the <b class="hcp8">Edit Item</b> dialog and return to the receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">Customer Discounts and Price Levels <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP299757023" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p>Customer discounts and price levels, if defined on the customer record, are automatically suggested when making a sale to the customer.</p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_customers/cust907.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">Customer Rewards <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP253200451" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p>Customer rewards can be applied to eligible sales in Simple View. The process is the same as in the receipt regular view.</p>
<p>Add the customer to the receipt and when you select a payment method you are prompted to apply an available reward.</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" name="qbdata_midtopic_sr_30002" id="a2">Global discount (to entire sale) <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP300251488" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">A global discount is applied to the subtotal, rather than to individual items. Global discounts are not "spread" across the items on the document.</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Exception:</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">For tax calculation purposes, global discounts do reduce the individual item prices.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To give a global discount:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Give Discnt.</b> The <b>Discount%</b> dialog opens.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal5"><img src="../image/SimpleView/global_discount.gif" alt="Simple View: Global discount" width="116" height="204" border="0" class="hcp9"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter a discount percentage in the <b>Discount %</b> field, and click <b>Enter</b>. Point of Sale automatically calculates and enters a value in the <b>&#160;Price-Total</b> field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">Automatic Discounts and Coupons <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP299722912" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p>Automatic discounts and coupons are applied in Simple View in the same way they are applied in the regular receipt view, though it may not be apparent in the receipt item list.</p>
<p>To confirm that a discount or coupon has been applied, highlight the item and then select <span class="hcp2">Edit Item</span>. The discount percentage and discount name are displayed in the Edit Item window.</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs05.htm">Company Preferences: Pricing</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/pro_tip_using_margin_to_update_prices.htm">Using Markdown Price Levels</a></p>
<p class="inlinenormal">&#160;</p>
<script type="text/javascript">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP301090478');
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP299757023');
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP253200451');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP300251488');
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP299722912');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

90
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Edit / Delete Items in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Edit / Delete Items in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">Discounting Sales Prices</a> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can edit a sales receipt by editing or deleing items listed in it.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit an item:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, select an item in the <b>Item List</b> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Edit Item</b> to open the <b>Edit Item</b> dialog.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Edit the <b>Item Name</b>, <b>Item Description</b>, <b>Quantity</b>, <b>Price</b> and <b>Disc</b>ount <b>%</b> fields for the selected item. Also, select Unit of Measure and the reason for discount from <b>UOM</b> and <b>Disc. Reason</b> drop-down lists respectively.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To marks selected item as <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">return item</a>, enter a negative value in the <b>Quantity</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">The edited item details are available only in the current sales receipt, and are not reflected in the <b>Item List</b> of Point of Sale <b>Inventory</b>.</span></p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b> to close the dialog and return to the sales receipt form. The edited item details appear in the <b>Item List</b> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat Step 1 to 4 to edit other items in the sales receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To delete an item:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In New Sales Receipt form of Simple View, select an item in the <b>Item List</b> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Delete Item</b> to delete selected item from the sales receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b style="font-weight: bold;">Note</b>:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS'; margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">An item deleted from a sales receipt is still available in your <a href="../qbpos_inventory/invenvoverview.htm"><b style="font-weight: normal;">inventory</b></a>. You can add this item to another sales receipt.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="InlineNormal1">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">Item Information Fields</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments /Giving Change</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

69
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Gift_Card_Returns_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Gift Card Returns in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Gift Card Returns in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Credit_Card_Returns_in_Simple_View.htm">Credit Card Returns</a> <span class="hcp1"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can refund amounts for returned merchandise to a gift card. The refunded amount is added to the gift card balance (if you are using the <a href="../qbpos_gift_card_service/giftcard_oview.htm">QuickBooks POS Gift Card Service</a>).</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To make gift card return:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Follow the basic return procedure for adding items to a return receipt. For more information, see <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="2" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>Payments</b> area, click <b>Give Change</b> and select <b>Gift Card</b> from the menu. The <span class="hcp1">Gift Card dialog</span> opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the gift card, or manually enter the card number.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Point of Sale connects to the gift card service servers and updates the card balance.</p>
<ol start="4" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the return receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal1">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a></p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

50
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/GoPayment_Basics_new.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>GoPayment Basics</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">GoPayment Basics</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">Intuit GoPayment lets your customers make credit and debit card payments to you - on the spot - using their mobile phones. You can process any major card, credit or debit. There's no need to write down payment information or call into your back office. Intuit GoPayment works in conjunction with Point of Sale.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><a href="http://www.youtube.com/user/IntuitQuickBooksPOS/videos">Learn more</a></p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold; ">Manage your GoPayment Account</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">If you're the account administrator, you can manage GoPayment Service using the Merchant Service Center web site. This site lets you customize your sales receipt, add GoPayment users, reset passwords, and learn about GoPayment features. You can also review transactions, deposits, and fees.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">Sign in with your GoPayment User ID and Password <a href="https://merchantcenter.intuit.com/">here</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">GoPayment Security</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">To protect data in transit, GoPayment adheres to online banking industry protection standards, using an https connection over SSL (Secure Socket Layer) at 128-bit encryption.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">Sensitive credit card information is never permanently stored on your mobile device. When you swipe or insert cards with GoPayment, an additional layer of encryption (3DES combined with DUKPT) protects communication between your device and the card reader.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: Never use an unsecured wireless network connection to process transactions.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">Unsecured wireless networks are neither secure nor PCI-compliant. To meet PCI-compliance standards, a wireless network must be password-protected and feature strong encryption for authentication and transmission.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold; ">GoPayment Support</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><span class="hcp3">To manage your account (add users, change passwords, customize receipts, and more), s</span>ign in with your GoPayment User ID and Password <a href="https://merchantcenter.intuit.com/">here</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: This site is not optimized for mobile browsers. &#160;You must be the account administrator to sign in.&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Contact GoPayment support:<br>
<span style="font-weight: normal;">1-800-558-9558</span><br>
<br>
Authorize payments by phone:</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><span class="hcp3">- MasterCard/Visa 1- 800-228-1122<br>
- American Express 1- 800-528-2121<br>
- Discover &#160;1- 800-347-1111</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; color: #800000; text-align: right;"><span>Basic</span></p>
</div>
</body>
</html>

154
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/GoPayment_FAQ_new.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>GoPayment FAQ</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ul.hcp1 { list-style:disc; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:normal; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
li.hcp4 { list-style:none;
display:inline; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">GoPayment FAQ</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">What if I experience a low signal while processing a payment?<br>
<span class="hcp2">If there's no response due to a low signal, keep GoPayment open and try moving to a better spot. If you lose your connection during a payment, try to continue where you left off. &#160;If you close GoPayment before getting a connection, you will need to re-enter all payment information.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Why can't I void a payment?<br>
<span class="hcp2">If the transaction has been submitted to the bank (batched), it cannot be voided. &#160;At that point, you or your account administrator can process a refund online using the Merchant Service Center site.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I use GoPayment to store a list products or services?<br>
<span class="hcp2">Use the Items feature &#160;to store a priced list of products or services. With Items on, you can start transactions by selecting item(s) that comprise the purchase. GoPayment uses item prices to tally the charge amount. Customers can see what they bought and you can track inventory and services.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I turn on Items?<br>
<span class="hcp2">In Settings, turn Items on. Tap Get Paid.&#160;The Items list displays.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">How do I add an item?</span><br>
From the &#160;top right of the screen tap +. Then complete the Item form.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I edit an item?<br>
<span class="hcp2">Tap the &gt; next to the item you want to edit. Or from&#160;Settings, tap Edit Items.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I charge for an item?<br>
<span class="hcp2">Tap the &gt; next to the item you want to add to the order.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I locate past charges?&#160;<br>
<span class="hcp2">Tap History. You will see the last 25 transactions. (Payments appear in black. Voids display in red).</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I open a transaction?<br>
<span class="hcp2">Tap the transaction line. You can view transaction details, send a receipt, or void the charge.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">How do I set the sales tax?</span><br>
At the bottom of the GoPayment screen, tap Settings. In the Sales Tax field, enter the desired tax rate. Or to have GoPayment automatically calculate sales tax based on your location,click the Location-based tax rate check box. When sales tax should be applied to an item, open the item and tap its Sales Tax On button. &#160;(The sales tax you enter applies only to items). For charges that do not feature items, you'll need to calculate the tax yourself and include it in the total amount charged.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Is a customer signature required?<br>
<span class="hcp2">Getting a signature is optional. However, Intuit GoPayment lets customers sign for charges on your iPhone screen using their finger. The charge has already been processed. But in the case of a later chargeback, a signature can help verify that the customer was present and approved the charge.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">When does a merchant get paid?&#160;<br>
<span class="hcp2">Your GoPayment transactions are totaled each day at 3:00pm PST, and that amount normally appears in your account within 2-3 business days. However, the waiting period, known as time to funding, varies depending on a number of variables:</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp4">
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">Time of day the transaction was processed;</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">The bank account &#160;in which funds were deposited;</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">The length of time it takes your bank to verify and process electronic deposits.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 43px; margin-top: 0pt;">To update your deposit account information, sign in with your GoPayment User ID and Password <span style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; color: #0000ff; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><a href="https://merchantcenter.intuit.com/">here</a></span>. From the web page, choose Account &gt; Account Profile.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 43px;"><span class="hcp3">Note</span>: This site is not optimized for mobile browsers, so you may want to use your computer's browser.</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do customers leave a tip?<br>
<span class="hcp2">First, activate the Tips feature. At the bottom of the GoPayment screen, tap Settings &gt; Turn on Tips. Once Tips is turned on, customers can leave a tip by going to the Signature screen. Once there, tap a percentage amount (which automatically calculates) or enter a dollar amount directly in the Tip field. Then tap Apply Tip.&#160;To make a change prior to leaving the Signature screen, tap Change Tip</span>.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I match a GoPayment charge in QuickBooks Desktop?<br>
<span class="hcp2">You can apply a payment to an existing invoice in QuickBooks Desktop, create an invoice for the charge, or just credit a custome</span>r.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I match a charge in QuickBooks Desktop? <span class="hcp2"><br>
In QuickBooks Desktop, choose Customers &gt; Credit Card Processing Activities &gt; Get Online Payments. Then select Mobile Transactions.</span> &#160;</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">What are the requirements for my wireless network?</span><br>
If wireless is used or implemented in the payment environment or application, the wireless environment must be configured per PCI DSS version 1.2 requirements 1.2.3, 2.1.1, and 4.1.1. &#160;Wireless technology must be securely implemented and transmissions of cardholder data over wireless networks must be secure.<br>
<br>
To be PCI-compliant, wireless network administrators must:</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp4">
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Install and configure perimeter firewalls between wireless networks and systems that store credit card data, per PCI DSS version 1.2, 1.2.3.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Modify default wireless settings, as follows, per PCI DSS 2.1.1:</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp4">
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Change default encryption keys upon installation and when anyone who knows the keys leaves or changes positions.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Change default service set identifier (SSID).</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Change default passwords or passphrases on access points.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Change default SNMP community strings.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Enable WiFi protected access (WPA and WPA2) technology for encryption and authentication.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Update firmware on wireless access points to support strong encryption and authentication (WPA/WPA2).</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">For wireless networks transmitting cardholder data or connected to the cardholder data environment, implement industry best practices for strong encryption of data transmission and authentication (e.g.,IEEE 802.11i).</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 43px;">All newly implemented wireless networks are prohibited from using WEP as of March 31st, 2009. For current wireless implementations, it is prohibited to use WEP after June 30, 2010.</p>
</body>
</html>

53
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/GoPayment_Password_new.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>GoPayment Password</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
li.hcp1 { font-family:Arial, sans-serif;
margin-left:-20px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">GoPayment Password</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold; line-height: normal; background-color: #eeeeee; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold; line-height: normal; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; background-color: #eeeeee;">Forgot your GoPayment Password?</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br>
Ask your administrator to reset your password. When you are provided a temporary password, use it to sign in and create a new password.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';">If you are the GoPayment administrator, you can reset passwords directly from your iPad:</p>
<ol style="list-style: decimal;">
<li class="hcp1">
<p class="MsoNormalCxSpMiddle" style="margin-left: 0.75in; line-height: normal; text-indent: -0.25in; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto; font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><span class="hcp1">Sign in with your Administrator credentials</span> <span style="color: #0000ff; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><a href="https://merchantcenter.intuit.com/">here</a></span><span class="hcp1">.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp1">
<p class="MsoNormalCxSpMiddle" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; margin-left: 0.75in; line-height: normal; text-indent: -0.25in; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto;"><span class="hcp1">From the menu, choose <b class="hcp4">Account &gt; Manage GoPayment</b>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp1">
<p class="MsoNormalCxSpMiddle" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; margin-left: 0.75in; line-height: normal; text-indent: -0.25in; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto;"><span class="hcp1">Locate and tap the <b style="font-weight: normal;">User ID</b>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp1">
<p class="MsoNormalCxSpMiddle" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; margin-left: 0.75in; line-height: normal; text-indent: -0.25in; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto;"><span class="hcp1">Tap <b class="hcp4">Reset Password</b> and click <b class="hcp4">OK</b>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp1">
<p class="MsoNormalCxSpMiddle" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; margin-left: 0.75in; line-height: normal; text-indent: -0.25in; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto;"><span class="hcp1">Use your new password to sign into GoPayment on your mobile device.</span></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><b class="hcp4"><span style="font-weight: bold; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';">Note</span><span style="font-weight: normal; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';">:</span></b> <span class="hcp1">Passwords must contain between 6 and 25 letters, numbers or special characters, but no sequential strings like 123456. The password cannot be your User ID.</span></p>
</body>
</html>

59
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Go_Mobile.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Vouchers">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Go Mobile</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-family:Arial, sans-serif; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Go Mobile</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The Point of Sale Mobile Sync feature&#160;gives you the power to make sales&#160;and track your&#160;inventory using your mobile phone or&#160;tablet . Mobile Sync allows you to share your items with your mobile devices and make sales wherever and whenever you need. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Why Sync to your Phone or Tablet?</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1"><br></span>Point of Sale Mobile Sync gives you the freedom to&#160;ring&#160;up&#160;credit card sales anywhere inside - or outside - of your store.</p>
<ul>
<li>With a QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account and our free GoPayment app, you can make payments anywhere, anytime.</li>
<li>Start accepting payments instantly. Simply activate your payments account and you are ready to go. No application required.</li>
<li>All sales and inventory information instantly syncs with your Point of Sale software so your records are always accurate and up-to-date.</li>
<li>The Sync feature automatically records new payments as QuickBooks Sales Receipts.</li>
<li>Never miss a sale whether you are on the road, at a conference, or working a convention.</li>
<li>Long lines at the store?&#160;&#160;Provide the best in customer service by completing sales on the spot.&#160;</li>
<li>If you are a QuickBooks Desktop user, all your information automatically syncs with your QuickBooks Desktop financial program. No more entry errors from re-keying data. Plus, you'll have everything ready for tax time.<br>
<br>
<strong>Note</strong>:&#160;&#160;Intuit values your privacy and the security of your information. When using the Mobile Sync feature, your data is safely stored and securely transmitted through our servers directly to and from your mobile device. Intuit adheres to rigorous banking industry protection standards for secure data transmission.</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">To begin, get your QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1"><br></span>Before using the Mobile Sync feature, get a QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account. With a QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account, you can accept all major credit and debit cards as well as add Gift Card Services to your business.</p>
<p>To start accepting credit cards in Point of Sale:</p>
<ol style="list-style: decimal;">
<li>Launch Point of Sale.</li>
<li>From the <strong>File</strong> menu, select <strong>Setup Interview<span style="font-weight: normal;">,</span></strong> and choose the <strong>Payments</strong> tab.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Yes</strong> to accept credit and debit cards.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Sign In</strong>.</li>
<li>Be sure to sign in using the User ID (email) and password that you had previously created.<br>
If&#160;there is more than one, you will be prompted to select the right account.</li>
</ol>
<p><a href="http://www.youtube.com/user/IntuitQuickBooksPOS/videos">Learn more</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

80
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Introduction to Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ul.hcp1 { list-style:disc; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Introduction to Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">Working with Touchscreen</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale provides you with <b>Simple View</b>, a simplified version of the <b style="font-weight: normal;">regular</b> sales receipt form.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Shown here is an example of the Simple View receipt form:</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><img src="../image/SimpleView/simple_view_receipt_form.gif" alt="Simple View: New Sales Receipt form" title="Simple View: New Sales Receipt form" style="border: none; margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" width="602" height="452" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Using Simple View, you can perform most day-to-day sales tasks:</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Ringing up a sale</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking payments</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">Giving discounts</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items</a> or <a href="Merchandise_Exchange_in_Simple_View.htm">exchanging Items</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="Sell_a_Gift_Card_in_Simple_View.htm">Selling gift cards</a> and <a href="Sell_a_Gift_Certificate_in_Simple_View.htm">gift certificates</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Offer customer options, such as <a href="../qbpos_customers/cust911.htm">charge accounts</a> and <a href="../qbpos_customers/cust_rewards_oview.htm">rewards program</a> (<a href="Customers_in_Simple_View.htm">Learn more</a>)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Refer to <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements in Simple View</a> to understand the usage of the Simple View screen.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Simple View also supports a touchscreen monitor. Refer to the topic <a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">Working with Touchscreen Monitor and Virtual Keyboard</a> for details.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><a name="Switch between regular view and Simple View"></a>To switch between regular view and Simple View:</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you are using regular view and want to switch to Simple View, click <b>Switch to Simple View</b> on the New Sales Receipt toolbar in regular view.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="InlineNormal5" style="margin-left: 43px;"><img src="../image/SimpleView/switch_to_simple_view.gif" alt="regular view: Switch to Simple View" title="regular view: Switch to Simple View" style="border: Solid 1px #000000; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px;" width="400" height="75" border="1"></p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you are using Simple View and want to switch to regular view, click <b>Switch View</b> in the top-left corner of New Sales Receipt form in Simple View.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="InlineNormal11" style="margin-left: 43px;"><img src="../image/SimpleView/switch_to_classic_view.gif" alt="Simple View: Switch to regular view" title="Simple View: Switch to regular view" style="border: Solid 1px #000000;" width="300" height="65" border="1"></p>
<p class="InlineNormal7">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal2"><a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">Working with Touchscreen Monitor and Virtual Keyboard in Simple View</a></p>
</body>
</html>

78
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Locate_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Locate a Receipt in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Locate a Receipt in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Canceling_Holding_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Canceling/Holding a Receipt</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Reversing_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Reversing a Receipt</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Saved sales receipts are stored in your sales history. From Simple View, you can scroll through the receipts in sales history to view, print, or reverse them.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To locate a saved sales receipt:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If you have a receipt in progress, complete, cancel, or <a href="Canceling_Holding_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">hold</a> it.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the <b style="font-weight: normal;">New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Last Receipt</b>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Simple View switches to Sales History mode and the last saved sales receipt in your sales history is displayed. You can now scroll through your saved receipts:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click <span class="SpellE"><b>Prev</b></span> <b>Receipt</b> and see the previous sales receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click <b>Next Receipt</b> to see the next sales receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click <b>Print Receipt</b>. to print the currently displayed receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click <span class="hcp3">Reverse Receipt</span> to reverse the sale.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">To return from the sales history mode, click <span class="hcp3">New Receipt</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_recpt.htm">Locating a receipt in sales history in regular view</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic248.htm">History documents</a></p>
</body>
</html>

246
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Making a Sale in Simple View</title>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
img.hcp3 { border:none; }
table.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp5 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp6 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
ul.hcp7 { list-style:disc;
margin-top:0in; }
ul.hcp8 { list-style:circle; }
font.hcp9 { font-weight:bold; }
ul.hcp10 { list-style:disc; }
b.hcp11 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp12 { font-size:10.0pt;
font-family:"Trebuchet MS"; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Making a Sale in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments /Giving Change</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit/Delete Items</a> <span class="hcp1">| <a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">Discounting Sales Prices</a> | <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1005.htm">Making a Sale in regular view</a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Making a sale in Simple View is similar to <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1005.htm">making a sale in regular view</a> of the sales receipt form. To make a sale, you create a new sales receipt in Simple View, and record the sales transaction you perform.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To make a sale:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <b>New Sales Receipt</b> or <b>Make a Sale</b> (<a href="javascript:BSSCPopup('../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1002.htm');" id="a7">where is it?</a>) to open a blank receipt form.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(optional) If in Classic View, click <b>Switch to Simple View</b> to open the Simple View.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="3" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>&lt;Type/Scan item info here&gt;</b> drop-down list, enter item information to add an item being sold. <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3"><img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP272838525" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter items by any of these methods:</p>
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Scan the bar code from the item tag</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Tap and hold the <b>&lt;Type/Scan item info here&gt;</b> drop-down list to open a <a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">virtual Keyboard</a>, or use the regular keyboard and mouse to enter the item information using any of the following methods:</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ul class="hcp8">
<li class="p-Help-Indent">
<p class="Help-Indent">Type the item's <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">UPC</a>, <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">alternate lookup value</a>, or item number in the drop-down list and press <b>&lt;Enter&gt;</b>.</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP272300718" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Alternate search keywords that can be used to look up items, e.g. manufacturer, category, model etc.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP271928232" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">A number printed below the items barcode.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Indent">
<p class="Help-Indent">Type the first few letters of the item's description in the drop-down list. The list of all matching items is displayed in the expanded drop-down list, with the closest match highlighted. Select an item in the list (keyboard users, press the down arrow key to scroll to an item, and then <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b> to select).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Steps">The selected item details are listed in the Item fields area.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Indent" style="margin-left: 0px;">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter items by any of these methods:</p>
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Scan the bar code from the item tag</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Tap and hold the <b>&lt;Type/Scan item info here&gt;</b> drop-down list to open a <a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">virtual Keyboard</a>. Alternatively, use the regular keyboard and mouse to enter the item information using any of the following methods:</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ul class="hcp8">
<li class="p-Help-Indent">
<p class="Help-Indent">Type the <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">UPC</a>, <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a6">alternate lookup value</a>, or item number of the item in the drop-down list and press <b>&lt;Enter&gt;</b>.</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP272471015" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Alternate search keywords that can be used to look up items, e.g. manufacturer, category, model etc.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP249850152" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">A number printed below the items barcode.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Indent">
<p class="Help-Indent">Type first few letters of the item description in the drop-down list. The list of all matching items is displayed in the expanded drop-down list, with the closest match highlighted. Select an item in the list (keyboard users, press the down arrow key to scroll to an item, and then press &#160;<b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b> to select).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Steps">The selected item details are listed in the <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm#Item List area fields">Item List</a> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Optional) Select an item listed in the Item fields and click <b>Edit Item,</b> to edit the items details if necessary. You can edit an item to change quantity, change price, give discounts, make a return, correct receipt etc<span class="GramE">..</span> See <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit an Item in Simple View</a> for more details.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat until all items are listed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Optional) In the <b>Discount%</b> field, enter a <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">global discount</a> (in percent) and then <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b>. The discount you enter is applied on the total receipt amount, and <b>Regular Price-Total</b> field displays the discounted price.</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP249649989" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">A global discount is applied to the document subtotal, rather than to individual items. Global discounts are not "spread" across the items on the document.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Exception: For tax calculation purposes, global discounts do reduce the individual item prices.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To give a global discount:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter a percentage discount in the <font class="hcp9">Disc %</font> field or an amount discount in the <font class="hcp9">Discount</font> (amount) field <font style="font-style: italic;">in the receipt totals area.</font> An entry in either field will cause Point of Sale to automatically calculate and enter a value for the other field and the document total.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/discnt_global.gif" alt="Global Discount" width="229" height="105" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Optional) From the <b>Tax</b> drop-down list, select appropriate <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/sales_tax/basic_tax_locations.htm">Sales Tax Location</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>Payments</b> area, click appropriate <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm#Payments area buttons">payment button</a> to open corresponding payment dialog. See <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Payment Options in Simple View</a> for details of making payments from the Simple View.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Take payment and give change</a>, as applicable.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Save and Print</b> once to open the Print dialog.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Alternatively, click and hold <b>Save and Print</b> to open sub menu, and select one of the following options:</p>
<ul class="hcp10">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><b class="hcp11"><span class="hcp12">Save</span></b> <span class="hcp12">(only saving a receipt)</span></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><b class="hcp11"><span class="hcp12">Save and Print</span></b> <span class="hcp12">(saving and printing a receipt)</span></p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Optional) Click <b>Preview</b> to preview the receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Print</b> to record the sale and give the customer a printed receipt. Alternatively, click <b>Cancel</b> to cancel printing the receipt. The receipt is saved but not printed.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">After the receipt is saved, a new blank sales receipt is displayed, ready for the next sale.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b class="hcp11">Notes</b>:</p>
<ul class="hcp10">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Apart from creating new sales receipts, you can use Simple View to create <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">returns receipts</a>, and <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">edit/cancel a receipt</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Since Simple View is a simplified version of regular view, some sales receipt fields and functions are not available in Simple View.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can switch between regular view and the Simple View any time, even while performing a sales transaction.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1005.htm">Making a Sale in regular view</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm#Switch between regular view and Simple View">Switching between regular view and Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<script type="text/javascript">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP272838525');
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP271928232');
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP272300718');
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP249850152');
TextPopupInit('a6','POPUP272471015');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP249649989');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

62
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Merchandise_Exchange_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Merchandise Exchange in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
b.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><b class="hcp1">Merchandise Exchange in Simple View</b></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items</a> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When a customer returns an item to exchange for another, you perform two transactions in one sales receipt: return of one item, and sale of another. Point of Sale automatically calculates any difference in item prices.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b class="hcp1"><i style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">To handle a merchandise exchange:</span></i></b></p>
<ol start="1" style="list-style: decimal; margin-top: 0in;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Follow the basic sale procedure to add both the returned and exchange items in a sales receipt. For more information, see <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a>. &#160;</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the returned item in the Item Fields area, and click <b>Return Item</b>.<span>&#160;&#160;</span>The quantity of returned item appears negative on the sales receipt.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal3" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><img src="../image/SimpleView/merchandise_exchange_receipt.gif" alt="Simple View: Receipt for merchandise exchange" title="Simple View: Receipt for merchandise exchange" style="margin-left: 5px; margin-right: 5px; margin-top: 5px; margin-bottom: 5px;" width="450" height="178" border="0"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Take payment or give change</a>, as applicable for any difference in the item prices.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineListParagraphCxSpMiddle">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineListParagraphCxSpMiddle2"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineListParagraphCxSpLast"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payment/Giving Change in Simple View</a></p>
</body>
</html>

155
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Mobile_Sync_Steps_new.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Mobile Sync Steps</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Mobile Sync Steps</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; margin: 4pt 6.5pt 4pt 2pt; text-indent: 1.5pt; font-weight: bold;"><span class="hcp1">Once you have your QuickBooks</span> Desktop <span class="hcp1">Payment Account, you're ready to go.&#160;&#160;Follow these steps to activate the Sync feature:</span></p>
<ol>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3"><span>From the Navigator screen, click <strong>Mobile Sync</strong>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3"><span>Click <strong>Sign-in</strong>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">Enter your email and password for your Intuit Payments Account.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3"><span>Click <strong>Sign-in</strong>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">If you have multiple accounts, click <strong>Select</strong> on the account you want to use.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Close</span>.&#160;The Payments screen will now show that you are connected and display your account details.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">Click <span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Edit settings</span> to customize your payment preferences and select the items that apply to your business.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">On the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon near the top right of your screen.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3"><span>Click <strong>View Sync Preferences</strong>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">Select <strong>Sync Data</strong> and then <strong>Save</strong>. Auto Sync is now on.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp4">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To sync specific inventory items to your mobile device:</p>
<ol>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">From the <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Misc and Shipping</span> section of the <span class="hcp1">Inventory Item Detail</span> screen, click the <span class="hcp1">Sync to Mobile.</span><br>
or<br>
Click the <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Mobile</span> box next to the Item # on the <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Item List</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Save</span>.<br></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To complete the sync: &#160;</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From your mobile device, click the <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">GoPayment</span> app.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Launch the <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">GoPayment</span> app and sign in to your QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Select <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Settings</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Turn on <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Items</span>.&#160;GoPayment will begin syncing with Point of Sale.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp6">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To sync more items or receipts:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Sync Now</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp4">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To view syncing activity:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">View Activity Log</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp4">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To view or change Sync Preferences:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">View Sync Preferences</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">If you make any changes, click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Save</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp4">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To turn off Syncing:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">View Sync Preferences</span><span class="hcp1">.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Do not Sync Data</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Save</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp6">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4"><span style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">To change sync frequency:</span></p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">View Sync Preferences</span><span class="hcp1">.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Move the slider to increase or decrease sync frequency.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Save</span>.<br></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><a href="http://www.youtube.com/user/IntuitQuickBooksPOS/videos">Learn more</a></p>
</body>
</html>

85
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Paying_Money_out_of_the_Cash_Drawer_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Paying Money out of the Cash Drawer in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Paying Money out of the Cash Drawer in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1015.htm">Opening the Cash Drawer</a> <span class="hcp1"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Cash sometimes needs to be removed from the cash drawer. For example, you may remove cash from the cash drawer to:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Buy office supplies</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Donate to a local charitable organization</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Pay employees tip amounts recorded on non-cash sales</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Purchase pizza for an office party</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Have less cash on hand, for security reasons</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To record a cash drawer payout:</p>
<ol class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <span class="hcp1">Cash Payout</span>. The <span class="hcp1">Cash Payout</span> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/cash_payout_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Cash Payout dialog" title="Simple View: Cash Payout dialog" style="border: Solid 1px #000000; margin-left: 20px; margin-right: 20px; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" width="304" height="333" border="1"></p>
<ol start="2" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select from or enter your name in the <span class="hcp1">Cashier</span> drop-down list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Note: If the security is enabled, the name of current cashier is auto-populated in the <span class="hcp1">Cashier</span> drop-down list. In this case, you need to log in to change the cashier name.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <span class="hcp1">Amount</span> field, enter the amount you are taking out from the cash drawer.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If you are using QuickBooks financial software, select a QuickBooks account from the in the <font class="hcp3">Account</font> drop-down list.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="5" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter a comment in the <font class="hcp3">Comment</font> field. This required field is typically used to record how the cash was used or to whom it was paid.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">OK</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">A <font style="font-style: italic;">Payout</font> receipt is generated and placed in the sales history. The amount of the payout is recorded as a negative amount.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1089.htm">Paying Money out of the Cash Drawer in regular view</a></p>
</body>
</html>

559
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Receipt Elements in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
b.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
ul.hcp6 { list-style:disc; }
span.hcp7 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="color: #ffffff;">Receipt Elements in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">Working with Touchscreen</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a name="Receipt_Elements_Page_Top" id="Receipt_Elements_Page_Top"></a>Refer to the table below for descriptions of each receipt element.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Fields shown in square brackets, for example <b>[Date]</b>, are <a href="javascript:BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic309.htm');" id="a1">suggested<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a>or <a href="javascript:BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic308.htm');" id="a2">read-only<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> fields auto-filled by Point of Sale. Toggle buttons, &#160;for example <b>Hold / Unhold</b>, are used to perform two alternate functions.</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">&#160;</p>
<table style="margin-left: 2.25pt;" cellspacing="0" width="548" align="center">
<col style="width: 24.122%;">
<col style="width: 75.878%;">
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp4">Element</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp4">Usage</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Date]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Defaults to today's date.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:147px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p><b class="hcp5">Item Lookup</b> &lt;Type/Scan item info here &gt; drop-down list</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Type/scan item name, barcode, or keyword here, or look up the item in the drop-down list using any combination of the following methods:</p>
<ul class="hcp6">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Right-click to open the virtual keyboard</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Type a partial name and press <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b> to list all matching items, or</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Click the drop-down list arrow to list all items.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:198px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Customer Lookup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&lt;Enter customer here&gt; drop-down list</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Enter customer name, company name, or phone to search for matching customer or look up the customer using any combination of these methods:</p>
<ul class="hcp6">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Right-click to open the virtual keyboard</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Type a partial name and press <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b> to list all matching customers</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Click the drop-down list arrow to select from your full customer list</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Click the <span class="hcp7">Add Cust</span> &#160;button from the left-side of the screen to QuickAdd a new customer while making the sale</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Available only if <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Track Customers</a> preference is turned on. <a href="Customers_in_Simple_View.htm">Learn More</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Switch View</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Switches to the regular view of the sales receipt form</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Hold / Unhold</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Hold puts a receipt on hold at any time before saving. Only a single receipt can be kept on hold. Unhold takes the last held receipt off hold.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Open Drawer</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Opens the cash drawer.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:54px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Cash Payout</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Records money taken out of the cash drawer for miscellaneous expenses, such as paying vendors or donating to a charity. &#160;Also records cash drops.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Sell Gift Crd</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Opens the <b>Gift Card</b> dialog where you can enter the amount and gift card number.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Sell Gift Crt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Opens the <b>Gift Certificate</b> dialog where you can enter amount and gift certificate number.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Give Discnt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Opens a numeric keypad to enter the global discount percentage.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7">Add Cust</span> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Allows you to quickly add a new customer to your customer list while making a sale.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:26px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="#Receipt_Elements_Page_Top">Return to top</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Element</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Usage</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:43px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><a name="Item List area fields"></a>I<span class="hcp7">tem List</span> area fields</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">These fields contain the detailed list of items being sold.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7">[Item #]</span> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Item number of the selected item according to the item record in the Point of Sale <b>Inventory</b>.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:54px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7">[Item Name</span>] field</p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Item name of the selected item according to the item record in the Point of Sale <b>Inventory</b>. <b>Item Name</b> can be edited for individual sale, if necessary.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">[<span class="hcp7">Price</span>] field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Item unit price at the <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs05.htm">active price level</a>. <b>Price</b> can be edited for individual sale, if necessary.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7">[Qty]</span> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Sales Quantity. By default, displayed <b>Qty</b> value is 1. <b>Qty</b> can be edited for individual sale if necessary.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:54px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Ext Price]</b> field</p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Extended item price, calculated by multiplying <span class="hcp7" style="font-weight: bold;">Qty</span> by <span class="hcp7" style="font-weight: bold;">Price</span>. If you sell items costing a fraction of a cent, you can list a quantity and enter an extended price. Point of Sale calculates and displays the unit price.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:27px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="#Receipt_Elements_Page_Top">Return to top</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" bgcolor="#DFDFDF" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Element</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" bgcolor="#DFDFDF" class="hcp3">
<p>Usage</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Edit Item</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Opens <b>Edit Item</b> dialog to make changes in quantity, price etc. for the selected item.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Return Item</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Marks the selected item as a return item by negating the quantity.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Delete Item</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Deletes the currently selected item from the receipt.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Discount %]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Global discount percentage.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:69px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Tax]</b> drop-down list</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Lists available sales tax locations. Select appropriate sales tax locations from this drop-down list. Point of Sale calculates applicable sales tax according to the selected tax location, and the calculated sales tax is added to the <b>Regular Price-Total</b> value.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Shipping]</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Use to enter any shipping cost. The shipping cost is added to the <b>Regular Price-Total</b> value.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Prev Receipt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Navigates to previous receipt in the Point of Sale <b>Sales History</b>. Disabled by default and enabled only when you click <b>Last Receipt</b>.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Next Receipt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Navigates to next receipt in the Point of Sale <b>Sales History</b>. Disabled by default and enabled only when you click <b>Last Receipt</b>.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:54px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Reverse Receipt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Reverses the current receipt by creating a reversing entry.&#160;&#160;Point of Sale adds returned item quantities back to <b>Inventory</b> and total item price is refunded to the customer.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Last Receipt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Switches Simple View to Sales History mode, and displays the last saved receipt.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Close</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Closes the active sales receipt form and returns you to the Point of Sale <b>Navigator</b> home page.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Regular Price Total]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Total amount due from the customer (or to the customer in case of a return).</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Due]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Displays the difference between <b>Regular Price-Total</b> value and the amount paid by customer.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;"><b class="hcp5">[Change]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the amount to be given to the customer.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:27px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="#Receipt_Elements_Page_Top">Return to top</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" bgcolor="#E0E0E0" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Element</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" bgcolor="#E0E0E0" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Usage</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:67px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7"><a name="Payments area fields"></a>Payments</span> area fields</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Payments area displays various payment fields listed below. These fields are populated with the values entered in response to the respective <b>Payments</b> area button click.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Cash]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Cash Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Check]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Check Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Credit]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Credit Card Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Debit]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Debit Card Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Gift Card]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Gift Card</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:31px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Gift Cert]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Gift Certificate</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p><a href="#Receipt_Elements_Page_Top">Return to top</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" bgcolor="#E1E1E1" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Element</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" bgcolor="#E1E1E1" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Usage</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:45px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7"><a name="Payments area buttons"></a>Payments</span> area buttons</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Payments area displays various buttons listed below. Click these buttons to open respective payment option dialogs.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Cash</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Cash Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:32px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Check</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Check Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Credit</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Credit Card Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Debit</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Debit Card Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Gift Card</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Gift Card</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Gift Cert</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Gift Certificate</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Give Change</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to select a payment option to give change.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Clear Paymts</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to clear current payment entry.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Save and Print</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click and hold mouse button to open dialog and choose appropriate option to let you save the sales receipt, or both save and print the receipt.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="#Receipt_Elements_Page_Top">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
FilePopupInit('a2');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

79
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Returning Items in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-size:10.0pt;
font-family:"Trebuchet MS"; }
img.hcp3 { margin-left:5px;
margin-right:5px;
margin-top:5px;
margin-bottom:5px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Returning Items in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Merchandise_Exchange_in_Simple_View.htm">Merchandise Exchange</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Gift_Card_Returns_Simple_View.htm">Gift Card Returns</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Credit_Card_Returns_in_Simple_View.htm">Credit Card Returns</a> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can use Simple View to record merchandise returns as well. You can create a return receipt for returned items by using the sales receipt form. Such items are added back to the Point of Sale Inventory, and the receipt displays the amount to be refunded to the customer.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b style="font-weight: bold;"><i style="font-style: italic;"><span class="hcp2">To process a merchandise return</span></i></b><b><i><span class="hcp2">:</span></i></b></p>
<ol start="1" style="list-style: decimal; margin-top: 0in;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Follow the basic sale procedure for adding the returned item in a new sales receipt. For more information, see <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm"><span class="GramE">Making</span> a Sale in Simple View</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Or</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Locate the original sales receipt containing the returned items. For more information, see <a href="Locate_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Locate a Receipt in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the returned item in the <b>Item Fields</b> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Return I<span>tem</span></b>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Or</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Edit Item</b>, and enter a negative value in the <b>Quantity</b> field of the <b>Edit Item</b> dialog.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">For more information, see <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit/Delete Items in Simple View</a>.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal17">&#160;</p>
<p class="InlineNormal18"><img src="../image/SimpleView/return_receipt.gif" alt="Simple View: Return receipt" title="Simple View: Return receipt" width="445" height="157" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
<p class="InlineNormal3">&#160;</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Give Change</b> from the <b>Payments</b> area. A menu with multiple payment options for giving change (refunding item price) to the customer appears.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select appropriate payment option and follow steps for the selected option. For more information, see <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments /Giving Change in Simple View</a>.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal4">&#160;</p>
<p class="InlineNormal18"><img src="../image/SimpleView/refund_by_giving_change.gif" alt="Simple View: Refund by giving change" title="Simple View: Refund by giving change" width="259" height="165" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
<p class="InlineNormal3">&#160;</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the return receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal14">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal3"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1016.htm">Merchandise Returns</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal3"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal3"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a></p>
</body>
</html>

65
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Reversing_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Reversing a Receipt in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
ol.hcp3 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
span.hcp4 { font-size:10.0pt;
font-family:"Trebuchet MS"; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Reversing a Receipt in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Locate_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Locate a Receipt</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Canceling_Holding_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Canceling/Holding a Receipt</a> <span class="hcp2"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Saved sales receipts cannot be deleted and editing is restricted to certain informational fields. If information other than what can be edited needs to be corrected, you can reverse the sales receipt. Reversing a sales receipt corrects your sales history, inventory quantities, and customer records.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This procedure is not recommended for processing routine <span style="text-underline: none;"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">merchandise returns</a></span> from a customer.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To reverse a sales receipt:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp4">Locate the sales receipt to be reversed in the Sales History. For more information, see</span> <span class="hcp4"><a href="Locate_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Locate a Receipt in Simple View</a>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Reverse Receipt</b>. The <span class="hcp2">Reversing Document</span> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal13"><img src="../image/SimpleView/reversing_receipts_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Reversing receipts" title="Simple View: Reversing receipts" style="border: none; margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" width="350" height="172" border="0"></p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select your name from the <b>C<span>ashier</span></b> field, and click <b>OK</b>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal4">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A reversing receipt is automatically created and added to the sales history. In the sales history, a reversed receipt can be identified by the value <span style="font-style: italic;">Reversing</span> in its <span class="hcp2">Status</span> field. The original receipt is marked as &#160;<span class="hcp2">Reversed Sales Receipt #</span>&lt;receipt number&gt;, when you locate it again in Simple View.</p>
</body>
</html>

90
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Sell_a_Gift_Card_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Sell a Gift Card in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
span.hcp3 { font-size:10.0pt;
font-family:"Trebuchet MS"; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="color: #ffffff;">Selling a Gift Card in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments / Giving Change</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Gift_Card_Returns_Simple_View.htm">Gift Card Returns</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Gift cards are sold or recharged on sales receipts. The gift card item and sales amount are printed on the customer receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To sell or recharge a gift card:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, use any of these methods to add gift card to the item list:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click <b>&lt;Type/Scan item info here&gt;</b> drop-down list to focus on it, and swipe the gift card to recharge. The gift card to be sold appears listed in the <b>Item Fields</b> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter <i>Gift Card</i> in the <b>&lt;Type/Scan item info here&gt;</b> and then press <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;.</i></b> A gift card is added in the <b>Item Fields</b> area.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Sell Gift <span class="SpellE">Crd</span></b>. The <b>Gift Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter an amount and gift card number for the gift card in the <b>Amount</b> and <b>Gift Card Number</b> fields respectively.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b> to confirm transaction, or <b>Cancel</b> to cancel the transaction.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat Step 1 to 4 to add more gift cards to the sales receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</b></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><span class="hcp3">You can sell up to three gift cards in a sales transaction.</span></p>
<ol start="6" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Add other items being sold in the same transaction to the sales receipt. For more information, see <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm"><span class="GramE">Making</span> a Sale in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use general payment procedures to accept the amount due or give change. For more information, see <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the sales receipt.</span></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal2">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="../qbpos_gift_card_service/giftcard_oview.htm">Gift Card Service overview</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a></p>
</body>
</html>

76
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Sell_a_Gift_Certificate_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Sell a Gift Certificate in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Sell a Gift Certificate in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments / Giving Change</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A gift certificate is basically "store money" that can be used to purchase merchandise at a future date. Certificate numbers can be recorded both on gift certificate sale and future redemption for tracking purposes.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To sell a gift certificate:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Sell Gift Crt</b>. The Gift Certificate dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the amount and certificate number for the gift certificate in the <b>Amount</b> and <b>Gift Certificate Number</b> fields.</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</b></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">Only a single gift certificate can be sold in a sales receipt.</span></p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b> to confirm transaction. A gift certificate is added to the sales receipt item list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Add other items being sold in the same transaction to the sales receipt. For more information, see <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use general payment procedures to accept the amount due or give change. For more information, see <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the sales receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc; margin-top: 0in;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Only one gift certificate can be added to a sales receipt; either a sale or a redemption. You cannot both sell and accept a gift certificate on the same receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can also sell a gift certificate after completing a sale but before saving. Click <b>Sell</b> <b>Gift <span class="SpellE"><span class="GramE">Crt</span></span></b>. You will be prompted to enter the amount and certificate number. The <b>Regular Price-Total</b> amount will change to reflect that additional payment must be taken from customer.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

369
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Taking Payments / Giving Change in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
b.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp3 { font-size:10.0pt;
font-family:"Trebuchet MS"; }
ol.hcp4 { list-style:decimal; }
img.hcp5 { margin-left:0px;
margin-right:0px;
margin-top:0px;
margin-bottom:0px; }
ul.hcp6 { list-style:square;
margin-top:0in; }
img.hcp7 { border:none;
margin-left:0px;
margin-right:0px;
margin-top:0px;
margin-bottom:0px; }
img.hcp8 { border:none; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Taking Payments / Giving Change in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">| <a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">Discounting Sales Prices</a> |</span> <a href="../qbpos_merchant_service/cardservicesoverview.htm">Merchant Services</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This topic contains general instructions for taking receipt payments in Simple View. You can also learn how to take payments made by <a href="#Pay_by_Cash">cash</a>, <a href="#Pay_by_check">check</a>, <a href="#Payment_by_Credit_Card">credit card</a>, <a href="#Payment_by_Debit_Card">debit/ATM card</a>, <a href="#Change_by_Gift_Card">gift certificate</a>, <a href="#Payment_by_Gift_Card">gift card</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">After receiving payments, you can give change to the customer by <a href="#Change_by_Cash">cash</a>, <a href="#Change_by_check">check</a>, <a href="#Payment_by_Credit_Card">credit card</a>, <a href="#Change_by_Gift_Card">gift certificate</a>, or <a href="#Payment_by_Gift_Card">gift card</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To take payment and give change:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When you finish <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">adding items to a sales receipt</a>, <a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">giving discounts</a>, applying appropriate <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs08.htm">sales tax</a> and <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_shipping.htm">shipping charges</a>, you can view total amount due in the <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm"><b>Regular Price</b>-<b>Total</b> field</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If the total amount due is negative (refunds to the customer when <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">returning items</a>), and you are only giving change, start at Step 5 below.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can accept the full amount by a single payment/change method, or use multiple payment/change methods.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal1">&#160;</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>Payments</b> area, click appropriate <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm#Payments area buttons">payment button</a> to accept the total payable amount. The corresponding payment option dialog opens. Click on the following payment options for the steps to be followed:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Pay_by_Cash">Cash</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Pay_by_check">Check</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Payment_by_Credit_Card">Credit</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Payment_by_Debit_Card">Debit</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Payment_by_Gift_Card">Gift Card</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Pay_by_GiftCert">Gift Certificate</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent">After performing the steps for any of the above payment options, you return to the receipt form you are working on. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></b></p>
<p class="Help-Indent">Click two or more payment buttons one by one in the <b>Payments</b> area, and follow the corresponding payment option steps, to break up the total payable amount into different payment methods<b>.</b></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<ol start="2" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If change is due to the customer, the <b>Change Due</b> dialog opens, with multiple payment options to give change. Click on the following payment options to see the steps to follow:</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="#Change_by_Cash">Cash</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="#Change_by_check">Check</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="#Change_by_CCard">Credit</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="#Change_by_Gift_Card">Gift Card</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="#Change_by_GiftCert">Gift Certificate</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Once complete payment is received from the customer, and change is given to the customer (if applicable), click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the sales receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Pay_by_Cash" id="Pay_by_Cash"></a>Payment by Cash</b></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To receive payment by cash:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Cash</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Cash Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. In case of multiple payment methods, total payable amount is the balance amount, after part-payment made by different payment options.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the amount tended by the customer, if different from the total payable amount, in the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b> to confirm the cash payment. You return to the current sales receipt form.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Change_by_Cash" id="Change_by_Cash"></a>Change by Cash</b></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b class="hcp2">T</b>o give change by cash:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Cash</b> in the <b>Change Due</b> dialog. You return to the current sales receipt form and the cash drawer opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Give the appropriate change in cash to the customer.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS'; font-weight: bold;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS'; font-weight: bold;"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Pay_by_check" id="Pay_by_check"></a>Payment by Check:</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Check</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Check Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field<b>.</b></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/check_payment_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Check Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Check Payment dialog" style="border: Solid 1px #000000; margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" width="252" height="222" border="1"></p>
<ol start="2" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the check number in the <b>Enter check #</b> field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="4" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>.&#160;&#160;You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the sales transaction.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Change_by_check" id="Change_by_check"></a>Change by Check:</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Check</b> in the <b>Change Due</b> dialog. The <b>Check Change</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter check number in the <b>Enter check #</b> field<b>.</b></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>. You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the sales transaction.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Payment_by_Credit_Card" id="Payment_by_Credit_Card"></a>Payment by Credit Card</b></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b class="hcp2">T</b>o receive payment by credit card:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Credit</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Credit Card Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount <span style="font-weight: normal;">field</span>.</b></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/credit_card_payment_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Credit Card Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Credit Card Payment dialog" width="240" height="198" border="0" class="hcp5"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>.<span>&#160;&#160;</span>The <b>Credit Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers credit card.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Manual Entry.</b> Enter the credit card information, the <a href="../qbpos:/helppopup.10523">fraud prevention</a> information (optional), and then click <b>Authorize</b>. At next prompt, specify whether the card is present or not.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/accept_credit_card_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Accept Credit Card dialog" title="Simple View: Accept Credit Card dialog" width="288" height="198" border="0" class="hcp5"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Point of Sale connects to the Merchant Service to obtain authorization.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">If all of the following are true, Point of Sale will process the transaction and print the receipt without further action on your part. In this case, skip to Step 7.</p>
<ul class="hcp6">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The card was swiped (rather than manually entering card information)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The transaction is authorized</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">You are configured to <a href="../mk:@MSITStore:C:/Program Files/Intuit/Point of Sale 9.0/Help/POS_Pro.chm::/qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs03.htm">automatically save/print upon authorization</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Steps">If any of these are <u>not</u> true, continue with the following steps.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">You will see one of the following messages:</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Authorized:</span></b> <span class="hcp3">The charge has been approved. Select <b>OK</b> to close the window.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Declined:</span></b> <span class="hcp3">The charge was not approved. Select <b>Cancel</b> to return to the sales receipt. Ask the customer to provide a different form of payment, or select <b>Authorize</b> to try again.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2">Referral:</b> <a href="../mk:@MSITStore:C:/Program Files/Intuit/Point of Sale 9.0/Help/POS_Pro.chm::/qbpos_merchant_service/cardservices08.htm">Voice authorization</a> is required. The cursor is automatically placed in the <b>Authorization</b> field. Call the displayed phone number and give the operator your <b>Merchant Number</b>. Enter the authorization number the operator gives you and press <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2">Failed address or card verification check:</b> The address or card verification code entered does not match the issuers records. Depending on your <a href="../mk:@MSITStore:C:/Program Files/Intuit/Point of Sale 9.0/Help/POS_Pro.chm::/qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs03.htm">merchant service preferences</a>, you may be allowed to continue <b>or</b> the transaction may be automatically voided.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">For more information, see <a href="../qbpos:/helppopup.10521">Address and Card Verification Results Guide.</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Wait for the receipt to print, if configured to print automatically. Ask the customer to sign the merchant copy of the receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></b></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">You are returned to the current sales receipt to save and print the receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the current sales receipt, the payment is reflected against the appropriate field in the <b>Payments</b> area.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/payment_methods.gif" alt="Simple View: Payment methods" title="Simple View: Payment methods" style="border: none; margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" width="250" height="174" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b class="hcp2">Note:</b></p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="../qbpos:/helppopup.15044">Using the Ingenico eNcrypt 2100 or 3070 PIN pad?.</a></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Change_by_CCard" id="Change_by_CCard"></a>Change by Credit Card</b></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b class="hcp2">T</b>o give change by credit card:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Credit</b> in the <b>Change Due</b> dialog. The <b>Credit Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers credit card.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Manual Entry.</b> Enter the credit card information, and click <b>Authorize</b>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Point of Sale connects to the Merchant Service to obtain authorization.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">If authorization is complete, the change due is credited to customers credit card. Else, request the customer to pay by another payment method.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the remaining sales transaction.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Payment_by_Debit_Card" id="Payment_by_Debit_Card"></a>Payment by Debit Card:</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Debit</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Debit Card Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field<b>.</b></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/debit_card_paymen_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Debit Card Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Debit Card Payment dialog" width="264" height="217" border="0" class="hcp7"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>.&#160;&#160;The <b>Debit/ATM Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers debit card.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Manual Entry.</b> Enter the debit card information, and then click <b>Authorize</b>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/accept_debit_card_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Accept Debit Card dialog" title="Simple View: Accept Debit Card dialog" width="312" height="233" border="0" class="hcp8"></p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="5" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Ask the customer to enter debit card <b>PIN.</b> After the customer enters <b>PIN</b>, click <b>OK</b>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Ask the customer to approve the displayed total transaction amount by clicking <b>OK</b>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Point of Sale connects to the Merchant Service to obtain authorization.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">If both of the following are true, Point of Sale will process the transaction and print the receipt without further action on your part. In this case, skip to Step 5.</p>
<ul class="hcp6">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The transaction is authorized</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">You are configured to <a href="../mk:@MSITStore:C:/Program Files/Intuit/Point of Sale 9.0/Help/POS_Pro.chm::/qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs03.htm">automatically save/print upon authorization</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Steps">If either of the above is not true, continue with the following step.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">You will see one of the following messages:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Authorized:</span></b> <span class="hcp3">The debit has been approved. Select <b>OK</b> to close the card dialog.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Declined:</span></b> <span class="hcp3">The debit was not approved. Select <b>Cancel</b> to close the Debit window and return to the payment screen. Request the customer to pay by another payment method.</span></p>
<ol start="8" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Wait for the receipt to print, if configured to print automatically. Ask the customer to sign the merchant copy of the receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">You are returned to the current sales receipt to save and print the receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the current sales receipt, the payment is reflected against the appropriate field in the <b>Payments</b> area.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b class="hcp2">Note:</b></p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="../qbpos:/helppopup.15044">Using the Ingenico eNcrypt 2100 or 3070 PIN pad?.</a></p>
&#160; <br>&#160;
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Payment_by_Gift_Card" id="Payment_by_Gift_Card"></a>Payment by Gift Card:</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Gift Card</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Gift Card Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field<b>.</b></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/gift_card_payment_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Gift Card Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Gift Card Payment dialog" width="314" height="257" border="0" class="hcp7"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>. The <b>Gift Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers gift card.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Or</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the gift card number manually, and click <b>Authorize</b>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/accept_gift_card_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Gift Card Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Gift Card Payment dialog" width="323" height="207" border="0" class="hcp7"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Point of Sale connects to the Gift Card Service and checks the balance of the card and a confirmation message displayed:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If the card balance is equal to or more than the amount due, the payment amount is deducted from the card balance and payment is complete.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp3">If the card balance is less than the amount due, the card balance is adjusted to zero and the authorized amount is auto-populated to the <b>Gift Card</b> field. Request the customer to pay the balance amount by another payment method.</span></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the remaining sales transaction.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Change_by_Gift_Card" id="Change_by_Gift_Card"></a>Change by Gift Card</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Gift Card</b> in the <b>Change Due</b> dialog. The <b>Gift Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers gift card.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Or</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;Enter the gift card number manually, and click <b>Authorize</b>.</p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Point of Sale connects to the gift card service servers and credit the change amount to the customers gift card.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the remaining sales transaction.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Pay_by_GiftCert" id="Pay_by_GiftCert"></a>Payment by Gift Certificate:</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Gift Cert.</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Gift Certificate Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field<b>.</b></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/gift_cert_payment_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Gift Certificate Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Gift Certificate Payment dialog" width="300" height="262" border="0" class="hcp8"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the gift certificate number in <b>Enter gift certificate #</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>. You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the sales transaction.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Change_by_GiftCert" id="Change_by_GiftCert"></a>Change by Gift Certificate</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Gift Cert</b> in the <b>Change Due</b> dialog. The <b>Gift Certificate Selling</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>. You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the sales transaction.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="Gift_Card_Returns_Simple_View.htm">Gift Card Returns</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="Credit_Card_Returns_in_Simple_View.htm">Credit Card Returns</a></p>
</body>
</html>

32
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Work_with_Simple_View__How_Do_I.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Work with Simple View: How Do I</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<h1>Work with Simple View: How do I?</h1>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Make a Sale</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">Discount Prices</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Customers_in_Simple_View.htm">Track Customers</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Take Payments /Give Change</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Return Items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Merchandise_Exchange_in_Simple_View.htm">Exchange Items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">Use a Touchscreen or Virtual Keyboard</a></p>
</body>
</html>

121
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Working with Touchscreen Monitor and Virtual Keyboard in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
b.hcp1 { font-weight:normal; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Working with Touchscreen Monitor and Virtual Keyboard in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 10.0pt;"><b class="hcp1">Simple View</b> supports a touchscreen interface. You can interact with the Simple View either by using a regular keyboard and mouse, or from a touchscreen monitor.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">To use a touchscreen monitor with <b class="hcp1">Simple View</b>, you need to install necessary hardware and configure Point of Sale. Refer to <a href="../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs01.htm">Setting Up Hardware</a> for details.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The touchscreen interface has a virtual keyboard that appears automatically when you select/focus on a Simple View receipt field requiring data-entry. The layout of the virtual keyboard is the same as a regular keyboard. You can enter data simply by tapping the keys displayed on the touchscreen monitor.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Refer to the table below to for regular keyboard and mouse actions, and the equivalent touchscreen actions.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<table style="margin-left: 2.25pt;" cellspacing="0" width="378" align="center">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="InlineNormal11" style="font-weight: bold;">Mouse / Keyboard Action</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="InlineNormal11" style="font-weight: bold;">Touchscreen Action</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Single click field / button / drop-down list</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap field / button / drop-down list once</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Double click field / button /drop-down list</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap field / button / drop-down list twice (in quick succession)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Right Click field / button /drop-down list</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap and hold field / button / drop-down list</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Select field / drop-down list item</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap field / drop-down list arrow</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Press keys on the keyboard</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap appropriate field on the touch screen to bring up a virtual keyboard on the touchscreen monitor.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Tap any alphabet &#160;/ number / special character (@, #, and so on) on the virtual keyboard, to enter the alphabet &#160;/ number / special character in selected field.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Entering numbers / special characters</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">The virtual keyboard has only alphabetic keypad visible by default.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Tap <b>{.123</b> on the alphabetic keypad to open the numeric keypad to enter numbers and special characters.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Tap <b>ABC</b> on the numeric keypad to return to the alphabetic keypad.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Click and hold down a mouse button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap and hold</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: You can use regular keyboard-mouse combination interchangeably with the touchscreen monitor-virtual keyboard combination, except when the virtual keyboard is available for data-entry. You must close the virtual keyboard to be able to use regular keyboard and mouse for data-entry in Simple View.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs01.htm">Setting Up Hardware</a></p>
</body>
</html>

122
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/_pi_pdt_scanitems.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>pi_pdt_scanitems</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Physical Inventory Scanner: Scanning Inventory Items</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="pi_pdt.htm">Physical Inventory Scanner: Overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are two scanning options when using the scanner:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Scan each and every unit of an item; the unit enters a quantity of one for each scan</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Scan one unit of an item, and then enter the counted number of units</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">In either mode, you can also manually key in an item number or UPC after selecting a scan option (if bar codes arent used or are unreadable).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="font-weight: bold;">Note: <span style="font-weight: normal;">Two models of physical inventory scanner are supported. While the procedures for using them are essentially the same, you may see slight differences in menu wording and button colors, names, or locations.</span><a href="javascript:void(0);" style="font-weight: normal;" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('pi_pdt_illustration.htm');return false;"><br>
Illustration of the CipherLabs 8000 Scanner</a><br>
<a href="javascript:void(0);" style="font-weight: normal;" id="a2" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('_pi_pdt_scanitems.htm');return false;">Illustration of the Metrologic SP5500 Optimus Scanner</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To scan each and every unit of an item:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Turn the scanner unit on.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font class="hcp1">E</font><font class="hcp1">sc</font> repeatedly until at main menu, if not already there.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Collect Data</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Scan B</font><font class="hcp1">arcode</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Hold the scanner at a slight angle so that you see the red reflection from the infrared light on the bar code.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press the yellow/orange button to scan the item bar code (or manually enter the item number or UPC and then press either <span class="hcp2">Enter</span> button).</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">A beep confirms a successful scan and a quantity of "1" is assigned to the scan. The unit is immediately ready for the next scan.</p>
<ol start="7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat until all units have been scanned, for all items being counted.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To scan one unit and enter item count:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Turn the scanner unit on.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font class="hcp1">E</font><font class="hcp1">sc</font> repeatedly until at main menu, if not already there.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Collect Data</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Scan &amp; Enter Qty</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Scan the bar code on one unit of the item you are counting. A beep confirms a successful scan.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">User the keypad to enter the total number of units counted for the scanned item.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <span class="hcp2">Enter</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat for all items.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Next Step</font>: <a href="pi_pdt_retrievescans.htm">Upload</a> the scanned data to Point of Sale</p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="pi_pdt_scanitems.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="pi_countUOM.htm">Counting Items with multiple units of measure</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="pi_pdt_reviewscansonpdt.htm">Viewing, editing or deleting a scan on the scanner</a></p>
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"> &#160;Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
</div><script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
FilePopupInit('a2');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

32
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/about_the_security_administrator.html Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>about_the_security_administrator</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffe8; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">About the Security System Administrator</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span style="font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; orphans: 2; widows: 2; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; display: inline ! important ; float: none;">popup topic has been hidden</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;">Initially, one user, called the Security System Administrator (<span class="hcp1">Sysadmin</span>), is defined for you. This system user has access to all program areas and data and cannot be deleted. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin: 4pt 6.5pt 0pt 2pt; text-align: left; font-family: Arial; color: #000000; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; font-size: 9pt;">Only the System Administrator user can add or delete employees, turn on/off the requirement to log in to use the program, and change passwords for other employees.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin: 4pt 6.5pt 0pt 2pt; text-align: left; font-family: Arial; color: #000000; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; font-size: 9pt;">To initially login to Point of Sale as the System Administrator, enter or select <span class="hcp1">Sysadmin</span> as the user and leave the password field blank.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To prevent unauthorized access to the program and security settings, it is strongly suggested that you change the password for the Sysadmin user immediately after accessing the Employees &amp; Security area for the first time. Write your password down and store it in a secure place.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

75
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/backup01.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Back up/restore">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Manual Data Backups</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Manual Data Backups</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup04.htm">End of Day Backups</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backup_automatic.htm">Automatic Backups</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backup02.htm">Restore a Backup</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: This feature is available only from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Manual backups can be initiated at any time. If backing up to removable media, put the blank, formatted media in the drive before beginning.</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu, select <span class="hcp2">B</span><font class="hcp1">ack Up Data</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify the backup location and options:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To use the <a href="backup_filenames.htm">default folder and file name</a>, select <span class="hcp2">Back up to d</span><font class="hcp1">efault location</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To back up to a another location or to removable media, select <span class="hcp2">Back up to alternate <font class="hcp1">location</font></span> and then enter the path or browse to the folder or drive and enter a file name.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) Optionally select the check box to include inventory item pictures in the backup. Doing so may result in a substantially larger backup time or file size.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp2">OK</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale will verify the integrity of your data and perform the backup to the designated location.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Your data files may require multiple disks to successfully complete a backup, especially if backing up to 3.5" floppy disks. You should have several blank, formatted disks available just in case.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Point of Sale only backs up your Point of Sale data. Therefore, it should serve as only one component of a comprehensive <a href="backup_strategy.htm">data protection strategy</a>. You must take separate action to back up other important information for your business (QuickBooks financial software records, payroll records, other applications, etc.).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="companydata_pos.htm">Working with your POS Company Data</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup03.htm">Back up to removable media</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup/restore overview</a></p>
</body>
</html>

58
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/backup02.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Back up/restore">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Restore from a Data Backup</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Restore from a Data Backup</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup Overview</a> <a href="backup_filenames.htm">default backup location</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If it becomes necessary to recover from data loss, your company data can be easily restored from a previously made backup.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp1">Note</span>: In a multi-workstation configuration, data can be restored only from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To restore data:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu, select <span class="hcp1">Company Operations</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the dialog displayed, select <span class="hcp1">R</span><font style="font-weight: bold;">estore from backup</font> and click <span class="hcp1">Next.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select from one of the backup files in the <span class="hcp1">default backup location</span> (each file has a date/time stamp). The most recent backup made is at the top of the list. &#160;Typically, this is the backup file from which you will want to restore.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent" style="font-weight: bold;">OR</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">Select <span class="hcp1">Browse &#160;to alternate backup file</span> and then enter the path or browse to the location of the backup file.</p>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp1">Next</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Point of Sale will uncompress and copy the backup file to your working folder. You will be prompted to insert sequential restore disks if required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup_strategy.htm">Implement a comprehensive data protection strategy</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="companydata_cleanup.htm">Clean up your company data</a></p>
</body>
</html>

75
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/backup03.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Back up/restore">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Back Up to Removable Media</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<object id="hhctrl" classid="clsid:ADB880A6-D8FF-11CF-9377-00AA003B7A11" width="0" height="0" vspace="0" hspace="0" border="0" type="application/x-oleobject"></object>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Back Up to Removable Media</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup02.htm">Restore from a Backup</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Backing up to <a class="popupspot" href="JavaScript:hhctrl.TextPopup('Any data storage device not permanently attached to your computer, such as disks, tapes, CDs, DVDs, cartridges, zip drives, and flash/thumb drives.','Arial,10',30,10,00000000,0xc0ffff)" style="color: #008000;">removable media</a> ensures that your data is protected even if harm comes to your computer system. Even greater protection is gained by storing the removable media at a site other than where the computer is located.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp1">Note</span>: In a multi-workstation configuration, data backups can be done only from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To manually back up your data to removable media:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu on the Server Workstation, select <span class="hcp1">B</span><font style="font-weight: bold;">ack Up Data</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">Backup to an alternate location</span> on the Backup dialog.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Place the removable media into the appropriate drive or port.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Your data files may require multiple disks to successfully complete a backup, especially if backing up to floppy disks. You should have several blank, formatted disks available.</p>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Browse or enter the path to the drive or port and enter a file name.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Pro) If you use inventory item pictures and want to include them in the backup, select the check box for doing so. &#160;This may substantially increase the backup time and file size.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp1">OK</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Point of Sale will perform the backup to the designated location.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">We recommend rotating your backup media so that you always have two or more generations of backups.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Backing up to removable media can also be done as part of the <a href="backup04.htm">End of Day procedure.</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale only backs up your Point of Sale data. Therefore, it should serve as only one component of a comprehensive <a href="backup_strategy.htm">data protection strategy</a>. You must take separate action to back up other important information for your business (QuickBooks financial software records, payroll records, other applications, etc.).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup/restore data overview</a></p>
</body>
</html>

77
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/backup04.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Back up/restore">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Backups at End of Day</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Back up Data at End of Day</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup04.htm">End of Day Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backup02.htm">Restore from a Backup</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The End of Day procedure includes an option to back up your data.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: To include a data backup, the End of Day procedure must be run from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To back up data as part of End of Day procedure:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the Point of Sale menu, select <span class="hcp2">E</span><font class="hcp1">nd</font> <font class="hcp1">of</font> <span class="hcp2">D</span><font class="hcp1">ay Procedure</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the check box to <font class="hcp1">Back up your company data</font> and specify to the <a href="backup_filenames.htm">default location</a> or to an alternate location.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If backing up to removable media, place blank formatted media in the appropriate drive.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If using an alternate location, enter the path or browse to the alternate location and enter a file name.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) Select the check box if you want to include inventory item pictures in the backup. Doing so may substantially increase backup time or file size.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify other End of Day options, as needed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp2">OK</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you have <a href="backup_automatic.htm">scheduled</a> your backups, the next scheduled time is displayed On the End of Day window for reference.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Point of Sale only backs up your Point of Sale data. Therefore, it should serve as only one component of a comprehensive <a href="backup_strategy.htm">data protection strategy</a>. You must take separate action to back up other important information for your business (QuickBooks Desktop financial software records, payroll records, other applications, etc.).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup/restore overview</a></p>
</body>
</html>

115
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/backup_3rdparty.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Schedule Third-party, Automated Data Backups</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
span.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Schedule Third-party, Automated Data Backups</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Some Point of Sale users prefer to backup their Point of Sale data as part of a larger network backup. Typically, these backups are automated, using a third-party application that creates and copies the backup file to another networked computer, to a tape drive, or to an online backup service.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you wish to include your Point of Sale data in a third-party backup, you will need to first shut down the Point of Sale Database Manager service. This Windows service runs on your Point of Sale <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a> and controls access to the Point of Sale data. Third-party applications cannot access the data if the Database Manager is running.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Warning"><img src="../image/warning_icon_small.gif" alt="Warning" title="Warning" width="24" height="25" border="0" class="hcp1"> <span>&#160;</span><span style="font-weight: bold; ">Warning:</span> This procedure applies to the use of a third-party, automated backup application running outside of Point of Sale. It does not apply to, and may interfere with, <a href="backup_automatic.htm">scheduled backups within Point of Sale</a>. Ensure that Client workstations have exited Point of Sale before shutting down the Database Manager. Any unsaved work will be lost and all workstations will be automatically disconnected from the data with this procedure.<br>
<br>
This procedure is provided as a convenience and is recommended only for advanced users with an understanding of their Windows operating system, the use of batch files, and of the third-party application being used. Intuit does not provide support for third-party applications or for Windows features. Consult a qualified computer consultant if you need additional assistance with this procedure.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Click a link for more information:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How it works <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP343486987" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text">You'll create two batch files; one to stop the Point of Sale Database Manager service and the other to restart it. You then use the Windows <span class="hcp5">Scheduled Tasks</span> manager to schedule the batch files to run, with time in between them for your third-party application to complete its backup routine.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If the backup is to occur when the computer is unattended, such as overnight, complete and save all Point of Sale activities and close Point of Sale, but leave the Server Workstation powered on.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp5">Multi-Store Note</span>: If you are also scheduling Store Exchanges to occur overnight, you must leave Point of Sale running on the Server Workstation. Schedule the Store Exchange to complete before the first batch file is scheduled to shut down the Database Manager. The connection to the database from the server will be lost and Point of Sale will have to be restarted to restore it in the morning.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">Create the batch files <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP343411041" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text">Use Notepad or another text editor to create the two batch files. Save the files anywhere on the Server Workstation.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Save the first batch file with a name like <span class="hcp5">QBPOS_DBMgr_STOP.bat</span> and include the following two lines:</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">@echo off</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">net stop "QBPOS Database Manager v7"</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Save the second batch file with a name like <span class="hcp5">QBPOS_DBMgr_START.bat</span> and include the following two lines:</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">@echo off</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">net start "QBPOS Database Manager v7"</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp5">Note</span>: If you prefer, do not create a batch file to restart the Database Manager and it will be automatically restarted when Point of Sale is next launched on the Server Workstation.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">Schedule the tasks <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP343410632" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<ol style="list-style: decimal;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the Windows Control Panel, select <span class="hcp5">Scheduled Tasks</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp5">Add Scheduled Task</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">When the wizard asks you to select a program to run, browse to the STOP batch file you created and enter the frequency (daily, weekly, etc.) and time to stop the service.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat for the START batch file. Allow enough time for your third-party application to complete its backup.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp5">Test the tasks</span>: Right-click on the task in the scheduler and select <span class="hcp5">Run</span>. If you bring up the Windows Services window you will be able to observe that the task has stopped/started when you refresh the window.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Refer to your third-party application's documentation for information about scheduling it to run at the desired time.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp5">Note</span>: If you are on a network domain, you may need to enter a Windows username and password when scheduling the tasks. Enter a user with Administrator privileges or the task may not run.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP343486987');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP343411041');
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP343410632');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

81
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/backup_automatic.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Automatic and Scheduled Data Backups</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Automatic and Scheduled Data Backups</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Overview</a> <font style="font-weight: bold;" color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="backup02.htm">Restoring a Backup</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">By default, your company data is automatically backed up once each day when the Server Workstation exits Point of Sale. If you prefer or if you don't exit Point of Sale each day, you may want to schedule the backup to be made at a specific time each day instead, such as during the night when your computer is otherwise not being used.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To change to a scheduled backup:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu, select <span class="hcp2">Preferences &gt; Company</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the Data Safeguard section of the General page, select the check box for <span class="hcp2">Every Day at</span> and specify a time.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Optionally, change the location for the backup file.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="backup_filenames.htm">Learn about default backup locations and file names</a></p>
<ol start="4" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Pro) If you use <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_itempics.htm">item pictures</a>, specify whether they should be included in the backup.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="5" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp2">Save</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Important Note</span>: Point of Sale must be running on the Server Workstation at the scheduled time and, if logins are required, a user with adequate rights must be logged in. &#160;We strongly recommend you <a href="qbpos:helppopup.7487">lock<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a> your computer if it will be unattended at the scheduled time.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Backups to the default location (automatic, scheduled, or manual) afford a degree of protection; however, If your working data and backup files are on the same hard drive, both could be lost in the event of a major hard disk problem, natural disaster, fire, or theft.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">For these reasons, we strongly recommend making periodic <a href="backup01.htm">manual backups</a> to an alternate location, preferably to removable media which is stored off-site. In the event of a computer failure or disaster, you will be very happy that you followed a vigorous backup routine including each of these components.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Point of Sale maintains ten generations of your backup files made to the default location and date/time stamps each one. When an 11th backup is performed the first backup file is deleted.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Remember that daily automatic backups are made only if the Server Workstation exits the program.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">As an additional precaution, Point of Sale creates backups before running certain other data-related tasks, such as the <a href="companydata_cleanup.htm">Clean Up Company Data</a> utility and the <a href="../qbposimp/data_import_using.htm">Data Import Wizard</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale only backs up your Point of Sale data. Therefore, it should serve as only one component of a comprehensive <a href="backup_strategy.htm">data protection strategy</a>. You must take separate action to back up other important information for your business (QuickBooks financial software records, payroll records, other applications, etc.).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup04.htm">End of Day backups</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup_3rdparty.htm">Scheduling third-party backup applications</a></p>
</body>
</html>

63
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/backup_filenames.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Default Backup File Names and Location</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Default Backup File Names and Location</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="backup02.htm">Restoring Your Data</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">By default, Point of Sale creates backup files named as shown below and places them in the indicated locations. If you make manual or scheduled backups, you can change both the location and file name to meets your needs.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp1">Note</span>: In a multi-workstation configuration, data backups can be made only from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="background-color: #e2e2e2;">Backups to Default Location</p>
<p class="Help-Text">All routine <a href="backup_automatic.htm">automatic, scheduled</a>, and <a href="backup01.htm">manual</a> backups to the default location are named in this format and placed in this folder. If you need to restore your data from a backup, these files are listed in the restore dialog by date, allowing you to easily find the backup you need.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">File name format:</span> &#160;yyyymmdd0001.qpb</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">This file name represents a date plus a sequential counter:</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">yyyy &#160;= &#160;year, mm&#160;=&#160;month, dd &#160;=&#160;day, 0001&#160;=&#160;sequential backup number for the day</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">qpb &#160;=&#160;the file extension for Point of Sale data files.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Location:</span> Server Workstation in the following folder:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Windows XP</span>: C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\ Intuit\ Point of Sale n.n\Data\&lt;your company file name&gt;\Backup</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Windows Vista: <span style="font-weight: normal;">C:\Users\Public\Public Documents\ Intuit\ Point of Sale n.n\Data\&lt;your company file name&gt;\Backup</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">where n.n = Point of Sale version number</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="background-color: #e2e2e2;"><span style="background-color: #e2e2e2;">Backups to an Alternate Location</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Backups to an alternate location use the custom file name and location you specify when making the backup. You will need to browse to the same location to restore from these backups.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="background-color: #e2e2e2;"><span>Special Data Backups</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Special backups include those made when performing certain data-related tasks, such as when installing a program update, running the Clean Up Company Data utility, or importing data.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">These backup files are named in the same format as your other backups made in the default folder (see above), but are stored in sub-folders of the default folder, one sub-folder for each task.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp1">Not sure where your Point of Sale data is stored?</span> &#160;Open Point of Sale, and then from the File menu, select <span class="hcp1">Utilities &gt; Browse to Data</span>. A Windows Explorer window opens to the location of data folder.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup Overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup02.htm">Restore Your Data</a></p>
</body>
</html>

121
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/backup_strategy.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Implement a Comprehensive Data Protection Strategy</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
var chmfilefullname = "";
var chmfilename = "";
var chmfilepath = "";
var chmfilepage = "";
getchmfile();
function getchmfile(){
var ra, sl, a, X, Y, Z;
ra = /:/;
a = location.href.search(ra);
sl = "::";
Y = location.href.lastIndexOf(sl);
if (a==4) {
Y = location.href.lastIndexOf("/");
chmfilepage = unescape(location.href.substring(Y+1));
if (location.href.substring(0,4) == "file") {
chmfilepath = unescape(location.href.substring(8, Y+1));
}
} else {
if (a == 2) X = 14;
if (a == 7) X = 7;
chmfilefullname = unescape(location.href.substring(X, Y));
Z = chmfilefullname.lastIndexOf("\\");
chmfilepath = unescape(chmfilefullname.substring(0, Z+1));
chmfilename = unescape(chmfilefullname.substring(Z+1));
chmfilepage = unescape(location.href.substring(Y+3));
}
}
//]]>
</script>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Implement a Comprehensive Data Protection Strategy</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="companydata_pos.htm">Data Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup and Restore Data</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_data_connection.htm">Troubleshoot</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The data you accumulate in your business is extremely valuable. Keeping it safe should be a top priority. Point of Sale provides several methods to help you protect your data:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">By requiring employee logins and assigning security rights you can limit access to your data and program features. <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">Learn more</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Changes that affect your inventory value (cost and quantity) are automatically tracked on transactional documents and adjustment memos, creating an audit "trail." <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_documentsdefined.htm">Learn more</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup</a> copies of your company data can be made each time you run the End of Day procedure, automatically once each day when the Server Workstation exits the software, or at any scheduled time you specify. Additional protection can be gained by following a regular <a href="backup01.htm">manual backup routine</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Your data files are automatically checked for integrity and repaired if necessary as backups are made. This procedure is automatic and no user action is necessary.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">If you use the QuickBooks Desktop POS Merchant Service to process credit and debit card transactions, you must take measures beyond the general recommendations listed below to protect your customer's card information. Refer to the electronic <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/POSPCIGuide.pdf">Implementation Guide</a> for assistance in using Point of Sale within an overall system that meets the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data Security Standard (DSS)</span> requirements.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">General System and Network Protection</p>
<p class="Help-Text">While the steps above are intended to protect your Point of Sale data, you should also be concerned about general system protection. Here are several more suggestions for protecting your data and the systems on your company network.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Require password logins</font> Assign a unique username and password to each person in your company using Point of Sale. Each employee should have a unique user name and password for Windows and for Point of Sale. Point of Sale, like any Windows application, relies on security features within Windows. These features are most effective when each user on the system can be accounted for. With password protection set, access to your company file can only be granted with the assigned passwords. If you share your data file with an accountant or other business advisor, assign user names and passwords to them as well.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Restrict Security Rights</font> Configure Point of Sale security rights appropriate for your business and the needs of your employees to access specific features and data. Point of Sale comes with four default security groups (sets of rights) and you can create custom groups as needed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Install and use anti-virus software</font> and keep it up to date!</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Install a network-based or PC-based firewall </font> If you install a firewall on your Internet connection, you can reduce the likelihood that uninvited persons will use the Internet to access systems on your network. Firewall products will help you to ensure that your computers only conduct the traffic you allow. Most major brands of anti-virus software also offer firewalls. Firewalls may have to be configured to allow Point of Sale to communicate between workstations on a network.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Use Windows security and Windows Update</font> To obtain and install the latest security updates for your computer. Find out more about Windows security and Windows Update services from Microsoft at <a title="This is not an Intuit site and is subject to change." href="http://www.microsoft.com/security/">http://www.microsoft.com/security/</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Backup your data frequently</font> Keep backups of your data file in a safe location, preferably off-site. Keep your backups in a fireproof safe, or at a business records management facility.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Install a UPS</font> A UPS (uninterruptible power supply) helps ensure data integrity in the event of a sudden power loss by providing a few critical minutes of backup power in which you can complete and save in-progress transactions. Without a UPS, these transactions are usually lost and, as with any software, the data file can become corrupt if disk-write operations were in progress when the power was lost. We recommend a UPS on each Point of Sale workstation, but most importantly on the Server Workstation which stores your data.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Restart your computer at least a couple times a week</font>. Restarting or "rebooting" is how your computer cleans up the bits and pieces (i.e., files) of applications and data that inevitably get stranded in its memory and temporary file locations over time. Left to accumulate, these files eventually can cause conflicts as applications compete for your computers resources. Restarting occasionally wipes the slate clean and helps resolve these conflicts. We also recommend completely shutting down your computer at least once per week or anytime you are having hardware-related issues (leave it off for at least 15 seconds before powering on again).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
var Name1="POSPCIGuide.pdf";
document.write('<OBJECT');
document.write(' CLASSID="clsid:ADB880A6-D8FF-11CF-9377-00AA003B7A11"');
document.write(' ID="UniqueId1" TYPE="application/x-oleobject">');
document.write(' <PARAM NAME="Command" VALUE="Shortcut">');
document.write(' <PARAM NAME="Font" VALUE="MS Sans Serif,8,0,,">');
document.write(' <PARAM NAME="Item1" VALUE=",'+chmfilepath+Name1+',">');
document.write('<\/OBJECT>');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

61
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/backupoverview.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Back up/restore">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Backing Up Your Company Data</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Backing Up Your Company Data</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a source="shell" href="databackup_hdi.htm">How do I?</a><img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backup02.htm">Restore from a Backup</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backup_strategy.htm">Data Protection Strategy</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: Data backups can be done only from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>. There is no need to do backups on client workstations.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The data that you gather during day-to-day business operations is invaluable and must be protected. Power failure, media defects, disgruntled employees, or hardware problems can corrupt or destroy your company information. Backing up your data on a regular basis enables you to recover from such events as quickly and painlessly as possible. Failure to do so puts your entire business at risk.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale provides several backup and restore features:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">An <a href="backup_automatic.htm">automatic backup</a> is made once a day when the Server Workstation exits the program or at a specific time that you schedule; the most recent ten backup files are maintained</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Backups are also made or suggested by Point of Sale anytime you run certain data-related tasks, such as when installing program updates, running the Clean Up Data utility, or importing data</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You have the option to include making a backup in your <a href="backup04.htm">End of Day</a> procedure and the ability to make <a href="backup01.htm">manual backups</a> at anytime to the <a href="backup_filenames.htm">default</a> or an alternate location</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If necessary, you can <a href="backup02.htm">restore</a> your company data from any available backup file; Point of Sale will automatically suggest the most recent backup to the default location for the restore</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) You can optionally include <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_itempics.htm">item pictures</a> in your backup (will increase backup time and file size)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">For maximum protection, it is recommended that you do regular backups to removable media that you store off-site.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you create a backup while other workstations are still using Point of Sale, only those transactions that have been updated (saved) are included in the backup file. We recommend that all workstations complete and save any pending transactions before a backup is made.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">It is important to note that Point of Sale only backs up your Point of Sale data. Therefore, it should serve as only one component of a comprehensive <a href="backup_strategy.htm">data protection strategy</a>. You must take separate action to back up other important information for your business (QuickBooks Desktop financial software records, payroll records, other applications, etc.).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_03">Security rights for back up/restore</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup_filenames.htm">Backup file names and location</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup_3rdparty.htm">Scheduling third-party backup applications</a></p>
</body>
</html>

93
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic210.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Log In/Out</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Log In/Out</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="secadminoverview.htm">Employee &amp; Security Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Log In/Out Preferences</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Employees can be required to log in/out of Point of Sale to provide both security and accountability. Login names and passwords are initially defined by the <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('about_the_security_administrator.html');return false;">System Administrator<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a>, as are the security rights assigned to each employee.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To access the Log In/Out dialog:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can access the Log In/Out dialog in any of these ways:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Upon program startup, if <a href="secadmin08.htm">requiring user logins</a>, the Log In dialog is automatically displayed</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click the small arrow adjacent to the logged-in employee's name, and then click <font class="hcp2">Log In/Log Out</font> from the drop-down menu<img src="../image/loggedin_employee.gif" alt="Logged-in employee" title="Logged-in employee" width="149" height="48" align="left" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To log in:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select your user name from the drop-down list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter your password in the <font class="hcp2">Password</font> field. (<font style="font-style: italic;">Passwords are</font> <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_casesensitive">case-sensitive</a>.)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <font class="hcp2">Log In</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">The name of the logged-in user is displayed at the top of most Point of Sale screens and is auto-filled into the <font class="hcp2">Associate</font> and <font class="hcp2">Cashier</font> fields on documents.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To log out:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Access the Log In/Out dialog as described above.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">click <font class="hcp2">Log Out</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font class="hcp2">Notes:</font></p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To log in/out, the <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Require users to sign in</a> preference must be enabled by the <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_sysadmin">System Administrator.<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Optionally, you can enable <a href="basic_autologout.htm">automatic security logouts</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">A logged-in employee does not have to log out before a second employee logs in. The second employees login will automatically log out the first employee. This feature saves time if it is necessary for an employee with higher security rights to log in to complete an action that the first employee cannot.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The <a href="secadmin_mgr_override.htm">Manager Override</a> login dialog may be automatically displayed if the current user does not have security rights to complete a selected action.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic210.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="secadmin02.htm">Add employees &amp; define security</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

181
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic219.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Use UPCs in Point of Sale</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-size:10pt; }
ul.hcp3 { list-style:disc; }
tr.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp5 { border-top:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
border-right:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
border-bottom:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
td.hcp6 { border-left:Solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
border-right:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
border-bottom:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
td.hcp7 { border-right:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
border-bottom:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp8 { font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Use UPCs in Point of Sale</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic254.htm">Bar Codes &amp; Scanners</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">Item Identifiers</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Some merchandise comes from the vendor pre-tagged with UPC (Universal Product Code) bar codes. If you record those UPCs in inventory, you can scan the UPC bar codes to list the items on documents.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The <font class="hcp1">UPC</font> field on an item record can be used to record UPC-E, UPC-A, EAN, or similar identifiers up to 18 digits. Point of Sale will convert UPC formats of less than 13 digits (such as UPC-A and UPC-E) to a 13-digit form using a standard conversion algorithm.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Every UPC # recorded must be unique and contain only numbers. UPCs can be entered on an items record by any of the three methods described below.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><font size="2" class="hcp2">Important Note</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font size="2" class="hcp2">Bar codes created in Point of Sale are based on the item numbers, not the UPC.</font> Do not scan a Point of Sale-created item number bar code into the item UPC field. Likewise, if a vendor provides alphanumeric bar codes that are not true UPC codes, do not enter those codes into the UPC field. UPC codes have a required format, and other code formats are not accepted. Consider using the <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted11.htm">Alternate Lookup</a> field for these codes instead.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) You can use the <a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Print Designer</a> to customize your tags to print the UPC bar code if you prefer.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To record UPCs in inventory:</p>
<ul class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Method 1: Scanning</font></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent">UPC #s can be efficiently and accurately entered by scanning in the UPC bar code on the manufacturer's label. Position the cursor in the <font class="hcp1">UPC</font> field on the item record and scan the tag.</p>
<ul class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Method 2: Manual Entry</font></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent">Refer to the selections below in making manual UPC entries.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<table style="border-left-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-top-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-collapse: separate; border-collapse: separate;" cellspacing="0" width="378" align="center" border="1">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="border: solid 0.1pt #dddddd; width: 20.63%; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Type of code</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1"># of digits</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">If you enter...</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Point of Sale will...</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:20.63%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">UPC-E</p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">6</p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">all 6 digits</p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">expand those 6 to a 13-digit form</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:20.63%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">UPC-A</p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">12</p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">the first 11 digits</p>
&#160;
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp8">Example:</font> 12345612345</p>
&#160;
<p class="Help-Text">all 12 digits</p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">add the 12th digit (checksum) &amp; leading zero</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp8">Example:</font> 0123456123458</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
&#160;
<p class="Help-Text">add the leading zero</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:20.63%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">EAN</p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">13</p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">all 13 digits</p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">add nothing</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:20.63%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Other</p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">&lt;13</p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">all digits</p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">expand the entry to a 13-digit form, if necessary</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:20.63%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Other</p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">&gt;13</p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">all digits</p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">no change (note: this ability is to support future UPC technologies)</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Indent"><font size="2" class="hcp2">When an item with a defined UPC is listed on a receipt, voucher, memo, or slip, the UPC is recorded on the document. Thus, merchandise can be filtered by UPC when running history reports even if the item has been deleted from inventory.</font></p>
<ul class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Method 3: Transfer from Documents</font></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent"><font size="2" class="hcp2">If you enter a UPC code on a purchase order or receiving voucher, and that UPC code is not already entered in the item record in inventory, Point of Sale will populate the</font> <font style="font-weight: bold;" size="2">UPC</font> <font size="2" class="hcp2">field in inventory with your entry.</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic219.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">Item identifiers</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted11.htm">Alternate lookups</a></p>
</body>
</html>

300
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic221.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Price Markdowns and Discounts: Priority and Conflicts</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
img.hcp2 { border:none; }
table.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp5 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
span.hcp6 { font-style:italic; }
ul.hcp7 { list-style:disc; }
td.hcp8 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px;
border-top-style:Solid;
border-top-width:1px;
border-right-width:1px;
border-right-style:Solid;
border-bottom-style:Solid;
border-bottom-width:1px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Price Markdowns and Discounts: Priority and Conflicts</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customers/cust907.htm">Customer Discounts</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1033.htm">Giving Discounts on Sales</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Price Manager</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are several ways for you to offer different prices and discounts on sales. Click a link for a brief description of each option.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Pricing Options</span> (these are not discounts)</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">Regular Price <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP279138467" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p>This is the everyday retail price you charge, with no price reductions or discounts.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">Markdown Price Levels <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP281498530" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Markdown <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_pricelevels">price levels</a> allow you to offer different prices for different needs or for different customer groups. For example, you may offer different prices to employees or when selling items at wholesale prices.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The price at each price level is a markdown (or markup) from your regular price. The price level being used on a sale is called the <span class="hcp6">active price level</span>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1006.htm">manually change</a> the price level on a sale. You can also assign a price level to a customer so that it is automatically active on sales to that customer. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Charging a different price via a price level is not considered giving a discount and is not reported as a discount on receipts or reports. Likewise, using a markdown price level on a sale does not affect your ability to give any other discount on the sale.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Discount Options</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">Manual Item Discounts <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP263433751" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">A manual item discount applies to a specific line item being sold and is always given against the <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1006.htm">active price level</a> for the item.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Defining your manual item discount names in Price Manager makes them available to select on the receipt when you give an item discount.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">Global Discounts <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP286415075" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">A global discount is manually applied to the receipt or customer order subtotal, rather than to line items.</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">A global discount is not "spread" across the items on the document (except for purposes of calculating sales tax amounts for each item).</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1033.htm">Learn more about global discounts</a></p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a6">Customer Discounts <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP263275157" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="color: #800000; text-align: right;">Basic</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A specified percentage off associated with a <a href="../qbpos_customers/cust907.htm">customer record</a>. Suggested on all sales to the customer, but can be applied or not at your discretion.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Customer discounts are applied to all items being sold and are always given against the <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1006.htm">active price level</a> on the receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">Customer Rewards <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP280656473" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="color: #800000; text-align: right;">Pro</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Customer rewards give discounts given to your loyal customers based on how much they purchase. You are alerted when a customer reward is available and can apply it to the current sale at your discretion.</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Depending on how you have set up your program, a customer reward can be applied as either an item (% off) or a global ($ off) discount. Additional information on redeeming customer rewards is given below.</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a7">Automatic Discounts <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP279002349" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Set up in Price Manager, these discounts are automatically applied to qualifying item sales. Typically these discounts apply only to selected items during a specified time period, and may require a quantity purchase (e.g., Buy 3 and Get 20% Off).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;Automatic discounts are always applied as item discounts against the active price level.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pm_discount_pricing.htm">Learn more about automatic discounts</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a12">Coupons <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP278949939" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="color: #800000; text-align: right;">Pro</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Set up in Price Manager and issued to customers, coupons are automatically applied to qualifying items when scanned or entered on a receipt. Typically, a coupon applies only to selected items during a specified time period.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;Coupon discounts are always applied as item discounts against the active price level.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pm_coupons_oview.htm">Learn more about coupons</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Discount Priority and Conflicts</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use care if you use more than one of the discount options or you could run into situations where the combination of customer and items on the sale qualify for more than one discount, resulting in a discount "conflict."</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In some cases, such as customer-associated discounts and customer rewards, you are prompted to apply the discount (or not) and have some control over conflicts by the choice you make. When a conflict does occur, Point of Sale follows these rules to apply the discounts.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Basic Rules</p>
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Only one discount can be applied to any single item on a sale (there is no "stacking" of item discounts) :</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If a manual item discount is given after another discount has already been given to the same item (customer discount, % off customer reward, automatic, coupon, or another manual discount), the new manual discount overrides the original discount.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If a customer discount, % off customer reward, or coupon is applied after a manual or automatic discount, Point of Sale will compare the two and give the better discount (lower price) to the customer. <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a10">Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP264620994" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFE1" class="hcp3">
<col>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td class="hcp8">
<p>A customer has a 15% discount defined on his customer record. He comes in and purchases an item that is also in an active automatic discount for 10% off.</p>
<p>If you choose to apply the customer discount when prompted, the customer's normal 15% off discount will be applied to the sale because it gives the customer the better price.</p>
<p>If the Price Manager discount had exceeded the customer's normal discount, it would have been applied instead.</p>
<p><span class="hcp1">Note:</span> If you choose not to apply the customer discount when prompted, then the Price Manager discount would be applied no matter the percentage.</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The active price level generally has no effect on item discounts; discounts are taken off of whatever the active price level is. Exceptions:</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you change price levels after applying a manual item discount, you are asked if you want to apply the price level change to the previously discounted items. If you answer yes, the price level is applied and the manual discount removed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you change price levels after a customer discount is applied, the discount is recalculated relative to the new price level.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you change price levels after an automatic discount is applied, the discount is still applied to the new price level ONLY if you specified the price level as eligible for the discount when setting it up in Price Manager.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Conflicts between two automatic discounts are resolved as described further below.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Global discounts and $ off customer rewards, neither of which are item discounts, can be given in addition to any item discounts you have given. &#160;<a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a11">Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP282960451" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top; left: 0px; top: 0px;" cellspacing="0" width="334" bgcolor="#FFFFE1">
<col width="334">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td width="334" class="hcp8">
<p>You make a sale of two items, applying a manual discount of 10% &#160;to one of the items.</p>
<p>You also then choose to apply a 10% global discount. The global discount is applied to the receipt subtotal, &#160;further discounting the entire sale.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div></li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Automatic Discount Rules (Pro)</p>
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If an item is included in more than one active automatic discount, only one of the discounts will be applied:</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Scheduled discounts take priority over nonscheduled discounts. &#160;<a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a8">Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP279252237" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFE1" class="hcp3">
<col>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td class="hcp8">
<p>You have an item in one active discount at 20% off with no scheduled dates. The same item is in a second discount scheduled for this weekend at 15% off.</p>
<p>When sold this weekend, the 15 % off scheduled discount takes priority and is applied, even though a larger discount is also defined for the item.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Among two active scheduled discounts, the latest start date takes priority. &#160;<a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a9">Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP265643489" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFE1" class="hcp3">
<col>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td class="hcp8">
<p>You have the same item in two active scheduled discounts with overlapping dates:</p>
<p><span class="hcp1">Discount 1</span>: Gives 10% off and the scheduled start date was one week ago.</p>
<p><span class="hcp1">Discount 2</span>: Gives 15% off and the scheduled start date was yesterday.</p>
<p>The second discount for 15% off will be applied to the sale because of the later start date.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div></li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Customer Reward Discount Rules (Pro)</p>
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You are prompted to apply an available reward when you select <span class="hcp1">Take Payment</span> on a receipt. If you choose to apply the reward:</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If it is a percentage off reward, and other item discounts are already given, the "best discount" (item by item) is applied. If the reward discount does not "win" for any sale items, the reward is preserved for a future sale.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If it is a dollar off reward (amount), it is added as a separate line item and functions in the same manner as a global discount, that is, is in addition to any item discounts given.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The <span class="hcp1">Discount Name</span> is auto-filled with <span class="hcp6">Reward</span>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="../qbpos_customers/cust_rewards_oview.htm">Learn more about customer rewards</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP279138467');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP281498530');
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP263433751');
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP286415075');
TextPopupInit('a6','POPUP263275157');
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP280656473');
TextPopupInit('a7','POPUP279002349');
TextPopupInit('a12','POPUP278949939');
TextPopupInit('a10','POPUP264620994');
TextPopupInit('a11','POPUP282960451');
TextPopupInit('a8','POPUP279252237');
TextPopupInit('a9','POPUP265643489');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

74
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic222.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Sales Tax Overview</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Sales Tax Overview</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" style="border: none;" width="11" height="11" border="0"></a> <font style="font-weight: bold;" color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/help_taxfaq.htm">Tax FAQs</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP251273177" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width: 100%; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px;">
<p><a href="../../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs08.htm">Set up sales tax</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_codes.htm">Use sales tax codes</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_locations.htm">Use sales tax locations</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_customers/customers_tax.htm">Associate a customer with a tax location or as tax-exempt</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1049.htm">Applying tax to sales</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_multipleagencies.htm">Collect multi-rate taxes</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_pricethresholds.htm">Collect tax based item price thresholds</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_shipping.htm">Collect tax on shipping amounts</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_reports.htm">Run sales tax reports</a></p>
<p><a href="basic284.htm">Send tax information to QuickBooks</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you charge sales tax, you can setup a sales tax structure in Point of Sale so that sales taxes are automatically collected on sales of taxable merchandise or services.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">How taxes are applied to sales depend on the tax codes and tax locations you have set up.</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp1">Tax codes</span> specify the specific taxing instructions (taxable or not, tax rate, if price-dependent, and other tax options) and are assigned to your items in inventory. <a href="basic_tax_codes.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp1">Tax locations</span> allow you to customize the taxing instructions for each of your tax codes based on where the item is sold or to whom it is sold. <a href="basic_tax_locations.htm">Learn More</a>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">A simple tax structure might have just two tax codes, one for taxable merchandise and one for non-taxable merchandise, in a single tax location with a single tax rate. If you entered a tax rate during the Setup Interview, such a structure was set up for you, using two default tax codes and one default tax location.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If your tax requirements aren't that simple, you can set up additional tax codes, tax locations, and other options in <a href="../../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs08.htm">company preferences</a>. Point of Sale provides support for the collection of different tax rates based on merchandise categories, item price thresholds, where an item is sold, to whom it is sold, and collection and reporting for multiple taxing agencies.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When you make a sale, sales tax is automatically calculated and added to all taxable items according to your tax setup. Customers can be flagged as tax exempt or assigned to a specific tax location, so that the correct sales tax is automatically calculated on sales to that customer. You can also change tax codes or locations on individual sales if needed for special circumstances.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale provides sales tax reports to help you make your tax payments to the taxing agency or agencies. If integrated with QuickBooks Desktop financial software, Point of Sale sends sales tax information to QuickBooks Desktop along with other sales information each day. Sales tax reports can be ran in Point of Sale or in your financial software, broken out by tax codes, tax agency, store, or tax location for any time period.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic222.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP251273177');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

60
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic223.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Security and Program Preferences</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Security and Program Preferences</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">Employees/Security</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefsoverview.htm">Company Preferences</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefsoverview.htm">Workstation Preferences</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Security settings and program preferences can control the availability of many program features. If a feature is not available to you, your security group assignment or the program preference settings may not be set to allow you access to that feature.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Ask your <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_secadmin/about_the_security_administrator.html');return false;">system administrator</a><img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"> to review these settings.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font class="hcp1">Employees &amp; Security</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Employees can be added and passwords and security rights assigned by selecting <span class="hcp2">Security</span> from the <span class="hcp2">Employees</span> menu. You must log in as the System Administrator to add employees.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Employees must be defined if you want to list their names on documents, create sales performance reports, limit access to specific features or for Pro users, track hours worked or commission sales.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">By requiring employee logins, you can control access to features by assigning employees to one of four predefined security groups, each with a specified set of security rights. You can also define your own custom security groups with the access rights you prefer.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font class="hcp1">Program Preferences</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">The <span class="hcp2">Company</span> and <span class="hcp2">Workstation</span> preferences allow you to configure Point of Sale to work with your hardware and accessories, establish data control, and customize many features.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are two preferences modules that are accessible from accessible from <span class="hcp2">File</span> &gt; <span class="hcp2">Preferences</span>:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">Company Preferences</span> - affects all Point of Sale functions and workstations.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">Workstation Preferences</span> - applies to an individual workstation.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This arrangement allows you to maintain central control over critical program features through Company settings, while also allowing individual workstation setups to be optimized for a particular purpose or hardware.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font class="hcp1">Data Protection</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">The electronic data that you gather during day-to-day business operations is invaluable and must be protected from harm. Power failure, media defects, disgruntled employees, or hardware problems can destroy days or weeks of accumulated information. Backing up your data on a regular basis enables you to recover from such events as quickly and painlessly as possible. Failure to do so puts your entire business at risk.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: If you have Free Online Backup through your Point of Sale or QuickBooks Desktop support plans, it is a separate software that needs to be installed and configured for you to be protected. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Please read the data <a href="../qbpos_data_protection/backupoverview.htm">backup/restore overview</a> and <a href="../qbpos_data_protection/backup_strategy.htm">implementing a comprehensive data protection strategy</a> for more information and suggestions.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic223.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

159
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic242.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Tip: Quick-Entry Date Formats</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#fffff4; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
td.hcp5 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px;
background-color:Transparent; }
font.hcp6 { font-family:"Wingdings 3";
font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Tip: Quick-Date Entry Formats</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Dates are displayed in the format you specified in your operating system. You can enter dates in that same format or use one of the following quick entry formats (without typing hyphens () or slash marks (/) to separate days, months, and years). When you press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Enter&gt;</font> or exit the field, the date will be converted to the format set up in your operating system, with the appropriate hyphens or slashes added.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The available quick entry formats are:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="382">
<col style="width: 41.935%;">
<col style="width: 58.065%;">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp4">Quick Entry Formats</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp4">Display Formats and Notes</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">mmddyyyy</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">mmddyy</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">ddmmmyy</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">ddmmmyyyy</p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Example: September 8, 2003 can be entered:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">09082003 &#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;090803</p>
<p class="Help-Text">08Sep03 &#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;08Sep2003.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Letters for month are not case-sensitive.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">No matter how you enter the date, it will be displayed according to your operating systems date format.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Use the keyboard shortcuts below to quickly enter dates. Some commands are relative to the currently displayed date. If there is not a date displayed, the entry is relative to the current date.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When keyboard combinations have a + between them press the keys at the same time. When separated by a comma, press the first key, release, and then press the next key.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;T&gt;, &lt;Enter&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Enter today's date.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;+&gt;, &lt;Number&gt;, &lt;Enter&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date forward the specified number of days.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">&lt;&gt;, &lt;Number&gt;, &lt;Enter&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date back the specified number of days.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Note:</font> <font style="font-style: italic;">This option is not available if your operating system date is set to use hyphens () as the date separator.</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+</font><font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp6">r;</font><font class="hcp4">&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Change date one day forward.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+</font><font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp6"></font><font class="hcp4">&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Change date to one day earlier.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+PageUp&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date forward one month.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+PageDown&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date back one month.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+Home&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date forward one year.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+End&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date back one year.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</body>
</html>

81
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic243.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Printing in Point of Sale</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
span.hcp2 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Printing in Point of Sale</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <span class="hcp2">|</span> <a source="shell" href="basic338.htm">Printing Tags</a> <span class="hcp2">|</span> <a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs03.htm">Printing Preferences</a> <span class="hcp2">|</span> <a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport15.htm">FAQs</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP279418657" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width: 100%; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px;">
<p><a href="basic_printdocuments.htm">Print lists or documents</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_taginstructions.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_printing_shippinglabels.htm">Print mailing or shipping labels</a></p>
<p><a href="../basic_write_letters.htm">Print letters to customers or vendors</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_printing_logo.htm">Add my logo to sales receipts</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs03.htm">Specify document printers and templates</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_import_templates.htm">Import print templates</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_equipment/equipment_installing.htm">Install a supported printer</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/help_trblsht_rcptprinter.htm">Troubleshoot my receipt printer</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Customize my printed documents</a></p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale can print documents, lists, price tags, labels, reports, letters, and graphs.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Before you can print from Point of Sale, you must set up Windows to use your printer or printers. Once set up in Windows, your printer(s) are available to assign to the various types of documents you can print from within Point of Sale.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The printed output is determined by the printer and <a href="basic292.htm">print template</a> you specify in your printing preferences. Each workstation sets up its own print options.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A default selection of templates for each area is provided with Point of Sale. Pro users can customize these templates or create new ones to fit your printing needs.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Printing options are accessed in various ways:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">Item, customer, and sales history lists</span>: &#160;Select from the I Want To Menu...:</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../../image/IWantTo_print.gif" alt="" width="179" height="201" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">All other lists</span>: &#160;Select from the Print &#160;menu (located on the window toolbar as shown) or from the File menu at the top of the screen...</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../../image/print_menu.gif" alt="" width="345" height="135" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">When making new documents</span>: Select the <span class="hcp3">Print</span> or <span class="hcp3">Save &amp; Print</span> option at the bottom of the document...</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../../image/print_document.gif" alt="" width="316" height="121" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">At the time of printing, the Print dialog allows you in many cases to change the printer. template, number of copies, or preview the output on screen before sending it to the printer. (Options available vary with document.)</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Other Printing Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;"><a href="basic_print_selecttemplate.htm">Changing print templates at time of printing</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_equipment/compatible_equipment.htm">Compatible printer list</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport20.htm">Ordering printing supplies</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport16.htm">Troubleshooting</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP279418657');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

66
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic244.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Mouse and Touchscreen Navigation</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Mouse and Touchscreen Navigation</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic259.htm">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When the documentation says to select, highlight, or place the focus on a button, field, or toolbar, mouse or touchscreen users can simply click or touch that button or field.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span><span class="hcp1">:</span> Not all Point of Sale windows support touchscreen use. For example, managerial tasks, such as running reports and creating purchase orders, are not efficient touchscreen tasks and therefore touchscreen use is not supported in those areas.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;"><font class="hcp2">Enabling Touchscreen Controls</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Enable touchscreen use and add the touchscreen controls to Point of Sale by selecting <font class="hcp2">Enable Touchscreen Features</font> in <a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs_touchscreen.htm">workstation preferences</a>. (From the <span class="hcp1">File</span> menu, choose <span class="hcp1">Preferences</span>, and then select <span class="hcp1">Workstation</span>.)</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_customer_orders/so03.htm">Note: Touchscreen Controls in Dialogs<img class="hcp3" title="Click to display a popup topic" alt="Click to display a popup topic" src="../../image/yellow_up.gif" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0pt;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Touchscreen Tips</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Reducing your video resolution to 800 x 600 can make touching small fields easier, but there may be tradeoffs with the display of other features at this resolution.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Double-touching in quick succession has the same effect as double-clicking with a mouse.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Touch, hold, and drag to reposition column headers and separators.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Your touchscreen controls may be customized through software provided by the manufacturer. Generally, you can access this software from the Windows Control Panel.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The size of your scroll bars can be changed to make touch scrolling easier. Go to <font class="hcp2">Control Panel</font> <font class="hcp4" style="font-family: 'Wingdings 3';" face="Wingdings 3"></font> <font class="hcp2">Display</font> <font class="hcp4" style="font-family: 'Wingdings 3';" face="Wingdings 3"></font> <font class="hcp2">Appearance</font>. Select <span class="hcp1">A</span><font class="hcp2">dvanced</font> and then <span class="hcp1">S</span>croll bar from the Item list and set the size that works best for you. Note: This changes the scroll bar size for all of your Windows programs. (Directions are for Windows XP; may vary in other Windows versions.)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Touch screen monitors are ideal for certain activities, such as ringing up sales, where you are making selections from predefined data lists. However, when data must be entered into records, such as when initially setting up the system, running reports, or entering your preference settings, you will find that a hybrid system including a keyboard (for entering data) is more efficient.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Consider turning on your Microsoft Windows touchscreen keyboard to facilitate typing within Point of Sale.<br></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic244.htm">Return to top</a></p>
</body>
</html>

60
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic247.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Previewing Documents, Reports, and Tags</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Previewing Documents, Reports, and Tags</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic243.htm">Printing Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs03.htm">Print Option Preferences</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport15.htm">Printing FAQs</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The Previewer is used throughout Point of Sale to view documents, reports, tags, labels, and records (collectively called documents here) on the screen before sending them to the printer.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../basic340.htm');return false;">Tip: Zoom preview display to see small print<img src="../../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Preview Options</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">To access these options, right-click in the preview window. Not all options are available on all documents.</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Find and Find Next: &#160;</font>Select <font class="hcp1">Find</font> (<font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;F3&gt;</font> ) to locate a specific alphanumeric string of characters contained in the document. Enter the string you wish to locate, and then click <span style="font-weight: bold;">F</span><font class="hcp1">ind Next</font> to move the focus forward to the next occurrence. &#160;Check box options can be used to refine the search to match your entry exactly and/or to match the case as entered.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Zoom:</font> Select a zoom percentage or page magnification from the list displayed. Zooming in can be particularly helpful in viewing small print, such as on price tags.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Show Rulers, Show Toolbar, Status Bar: &#160;</font><span style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">Select or clear to toggle on/off the display of the <font class="hcp1">Rulers</font>, <font class="hcp1">Toolbar</font>, and <font class="hcp1">Status Bar</font>. A check mark indicates the feature is active. Choosing to not display any of these items frees more screen space for viewing your document.</span></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_printdocuments.htm">Printing lists or documents</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic338.htm">Printing tags</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reportsoverview.htm">Reports overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Customizing printed documents and tags</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

76
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic248.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>History Documents</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">History Documents</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a Document</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_historydocs_copy.htm">Copy a Document</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_historydocs_reversing.htm">Edit a Document</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font size="2">Updated t</font>ransactional documents, including <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt_sales_history.htm">receipts</a>, <a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouchersoverview.htm">vouchers</a>, <a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memosoverview.htm">adjustment memos</a>, and <a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_transfers.htm">transfer slips</a> are called <font style="font-style: italic;">history documents</font> and are stored in your document history lists. History documents provide a permanent record of all transactions that have affected your inventory and provide an accurate audit trail of changes.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To view your document history lists:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the specified menu, select:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp1">Sales History</span> from the Point of Sale menu to view saved receipts</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp1">Receiving History</span> from the Purchasing menu to view saved vouchers (Basic)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp1">Adjustment History</span> from the Inventory menu to view saved memos (Basic)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp1">Transfer History</span> from the Inventory menu to view saved transfer slips (Pro)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use standard <a href="basic261.htm">sort</a>, <a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">search</a>, and <a href="basic262.htm">filter</a> procedures to locate the desired document.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Your transactional history is used for reporting, to build customer, vendor, and item histories, and can be accessed to view, reprint, or copy a saved document.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">History documents can never be deleted and, with the exception of some informational fields, generally cannot be <a href="basic_edit_documents.htm">edited</a>. But they can be <a href="basic_historydocs_reversing.htm">reversed</a> if necessary to make a correction. Reversing a history document does not remove the original document; rather it creates a new document with the opposite effect.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If integrated with QuickBooks Desktop financial software, all history documents are sent to update your financial records. You can view the linked QuickBooks Desktop documents and transactions related to any Point of Sale history document by selecting the document and then selecting <span class="hcp1">View Financial Details</span> from the I Want To menu. <a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_viewqbfstransactions.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) All history documents created at remote stores are sent to Headquarters to update inventory and QuickBooks Desktop and are included in Headquarters history lists and reports. Documents made at Headquarters are not sent to remote stores; therefore remote store histories only reflect the documents made at that store.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_documentsdefined.htm">How documents affect inventory</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_data_protection/companydata_cleanup.htm">Remove old documents</a></p>
</body>
</html>

79
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic254.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Use Bar Codes and Scanners</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Use Bar Codes and Scanners</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_equipment/equip_barcodescannerlist.htm">Compatible Bar Code Scanners</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_barcodescanner_faq.htm">FAQs</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_pdt.htm">Physical Inventory Scanner</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale can print bar codes and supports the use of bar code scanners to list items on documents make entries on item records. No special procedures are required to use a bar code scanner with Point of Sale. Follow the instructions supplied with your scanner to connect it to your PC.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The program can read bar codes containing any of these item identifiers:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic219.htm">UPCs</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">Item numbers</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted11.htm">Alternate lookup</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Assuming you have the scanned information recorded in inventory for the item, you can quickly list the item on documents by scanning the bar code.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Printing Bar Codes on Tags in Point of Sale</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Every item has an item number associated with it in inventory. When you print tags from within the program using the default tag templates, it is the item number that is used to create the bar code. This allows you to print and scan barcoded tags for all your inventory items, whether or not they have UPC or Alternate Lookups defined.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Using the item number for bar codes has several advantages:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can print bar-coded tags for any item in inventory and then list them on documents using a bar code scanner, even if you do not have a vendor-provided UPC code.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Item number bar codes are generally smaller than bar codes created from UPC or alternate lookup values, meaning they fit better on smaller tag sizes.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If a tag bar code is unscannable, it is quicker to manually enter an item number (also printed on the tags) than the longer UPC or alternate lookup.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) If you prefer, you can use <a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Print Designer</a> to change bar codes printed from within Point of Sale to reflect UPC or alternate lookup values instead.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="printing/basic338.htm">Print Tags:Overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Using a Scanner to Enter Information in Inventory</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Your scanner can also be used to quickly enter the bar code data into item records in inventory. For example, if your vendor supplies you merchandise pre-tagged with the UPC number, you can quickly and accurately enter the information into the <font class="hcp1">UPC</font> field on the item record by scanning the tag. You can scan vendor-provided bar codes containing catalog numbers into the <font class="hcp1">Alternate Lookup</font> field in the same manner.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven404.htm">Edit item records</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic254.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Using a Scanner to List Items on Documents</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When scanning to list items on documents, Point of Sale assumes a quantity of one for each scan. To record a different quantity, press <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;F5&gt;</font> or navigate to the <font class="hcp1">Qty</font> field in the document item list to manually enter the correct quantity after each scan.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Although scanning is extremely accurate, scanning errors can occasionally occur, especially when tags have been damaged or defaced. The scanner typically rejects read errors caused by defaced tags, and this scanned information never reaches Point of Sale. An error is reported if the scanned number is not currently defined in inventory or if the Alternate Lookup is not unique.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic303.htm">List Items on Documents: Overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic254.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="help-main-topic-links">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Using a Scanner for a Physical Inventory Count (Basic)</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A physical inventory scanner is an optional, portable scanner that can record thousands of item scans and counts while moving around your store. You then connect the scanner to your computer and upload the counts to Point of Sale. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_pdt.htm">Use a Physical Inventory Scanner</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic254.htm">Return to top</a></p>
</body>
</html>

69
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic257.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Windows, Menus and Toolbars</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Windows, Menus and Toolbars</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a source="shell" href="qbpos:helppopup.2639">How do I?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="navigation_find/basic259.htm">Keyboard Navigation</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="navigation_find/basic244.htm">Mouse &amp; Touchscreen Navigation</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">This topic has been hidden</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale offers several options for moving between program windows and selecting task actions. The illustration below will help familiarize you with the Point of Sale screens and navigation.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Program windows are laid out so that the completion of a task "flows" from the top/left towards the bottom/right of the screen.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The program includes the following menus and toolbars, which are common throughout the program (numbers correspond to numbers on example screen below):</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">Text Menus</font> Across the top of the screen, the text menus contain options for all program areas/features, grouped by functional area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">Main Toolbar</font> Selecting a task icon takes you directly to that area or activity. The display and icons included on the main tool bar can be <a href="basic_customize_iconbars.htm">customized</a> to reflect the frequent activities performed at each workstation.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">Window Menu</font> - Lists all currently open Point of Sale windows. You can switch between active windows by selecting one from this list or pressing <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Alt + Page Up/Page Down&gt;</font>. This list may also be available from the <span class="hcp2">Windows</span> icon on the main toolbar, as shown to the far right of the toolbar in the illustration.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">Window Toolbar</font> Contains task icons for common commands related to the currently active window and the I Want To menu (see below).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">I Want To Menu</font> Contains a drop-down <a href="basic_iwanttomenus.htm">list of tasks</a> related to your current activity. Select a task a perform it.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">Bottom Toolbar</font> The icons appearing at the bottom of the screen perform "completing actions" for your current activity, such as saving, holding, printing, or taking payment for a document or record.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp2">Status Bar</span> Information about the currently logged in user, workstation, and current activity.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/menuiconbars.gif" alt="image\menuiconbars.gif" title="image\menuiconbars.gif" width="463" height="343" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="navigation_find/basic_navigator.htm">The Home Page</a></p>
</body>
</html>

43
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic258.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>View Records or Documents</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">View Records or Documents</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a Record or Document</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basicsmainpage.htm">Point of Sale Basics</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are two ways to view Point of Sale records and documents. Click a link for more information about working in each view.</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="basic_view_list.htm">Lists</a> display many records or documents at one time in a format similar to a spreadsheet. The list can be easily sorted, searched, or filtered to help you find a particular record or to group similar records.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="basic_view_form.htm">Forms</a> provide a more detailed view of an individual record or document on a single screen. Form View is typically used when creating or editing records or documents.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">Enter data</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_capacities.htm">Program capacities</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_liststats.htm">View list summary statistics</a></p>
</body>
</html>

471
backups/backup_html_20260109_181155/basic259.htm Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Keyboard Shortcuts</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic244.htm">Mouse &amp; Touchscreen Navigation</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The keyboard shortcuts shown below are common to all program areas.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Common Keyboard Shortcuts:</font></p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="378">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" bgcolor="#D6D6D6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp1">Keystroke</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" bgcolor="#D6D6D6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Action</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp1">Basic Navigation</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+Q&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Log in/out</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt+O&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open I Want To menu</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Underscores shortcuts for menus</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+Tab&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Cycle through open windows</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Tab&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Accept entry and/or move from one field to the next in a form</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+Tab&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Reverse tab navigation</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Enter&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Accept entry and/or move to next field in a list and on receipt payment window</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Arrow keys&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Navigate in and between fields and columns</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Esc&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Cancels current operation; backs out one screen; exits program from Navigator screen</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Home&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Move cursor to first column in list</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;End&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Move cursor to last column in list</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Spacebar&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Select/clear a check box</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Cycle through choices on drop-down lists</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp1">Function Keys</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F1&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Get Help on current task</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F3&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open the Find window for the active field (only on windows with Find fields)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F4&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">From <a href="../basic315.htm">lookup</a> fields, access associated list to select</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F5&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">On document: Edit selected item.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) Edit selected style item.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F6&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">On document: Edit quantity</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F8&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Toggle between list view and form view of the selected record</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F9&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Return to Home screen from Make a Sale window</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F10&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Toggle focus between the menu and window</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F11&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Save (without printing <a href="../../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_transactionaldocs">transactional documents</a>)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F12&gt;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic259.htm">Return to top</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">1. Save (record, order document) or save &amp; print (transactional document )</p>
<p class="Help-Text">2. Go to payment screen (from receipt body)</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="378">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100.00%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Control (Ctrl) Keys</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+E&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Move cursor to customer lookup field</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open the Find window for the active field (only on windows with Find fields)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+I&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Move cursor to item lookup field</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+N&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 2pt;">Switch tabbed pages, n = 1, 2, 3, etc.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+Q&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Log in/out</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F4&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Go to Item List (from documents)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F7&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Access Held documents (from history list)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F8&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open installed cash drawer</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F10&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Print tags (where applicable)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+Tab&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Cycle through open windows</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+Home&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Go to first record in list</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+End&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Go to the last record in list</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+PageUp&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Display previous record or form</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+PageDown&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Go to first or last record on window</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100.00%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Shift</span> Keys</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F1&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Cash window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F2&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Credit window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F3&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Debit window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F5&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Gift Card window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F6&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Redeem a Gift Certificate window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F7&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Charge Account window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F8&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Take Deposit window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F11&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Check window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100.00%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Alternate (Alt) Keys</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Access text menus</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt+underlined letter&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Access visible options that contain an underlined letter by pressing <font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt + the underlined letter&gt;</font>. For example, to access <span style="text-decoration: underline;">C</span>opy, use <font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+C&gt;</font>.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt+F4&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Exit Point of Sale</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic259.htm">Return to top</a></p>
</body>
</html>

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More